template · • remove permanent marker. using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent...

127
Price List February 2015 Template

Upload: others

Post on 07-Oct-2020

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Price ListFebruary 2015

Template

Page 2: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Table of Contents

Introduction Knoll and Sustainable Design 2Knoll Color Program Finishes 3Template Fabrics 7Template Specifications 8

Core Structure End Panel 10Mid Panel 12Bases and Base Kick Plate 14Tops 16Full Height Back Kit 20Lower Back Kit 26Upper Back Kit 30Mid Back Kit 38

Inside Back Inserts Full Height Inside Back Inserts 46Lower Inside Back Inserts 52Upper Inside Back Inserts 56Mid Inside Back Inserts 64

Storage Components Drawer Kits 72Sliding Door Kits 73Hinged Door Kits 76Hybrid Door/Drawer Kits 79Standard and Slotted Shelves 83Coat Rod Shelf 84Worksurface Shelves 85Upper Shelf Kit, 15�h and 20�h, steel 86Shelf Dividers 89

Electrical Components Base Infeed, Base Power Transfer Block, 94Desk-Height Power Modules ( one circuit) 95Desk-Height Power Modules ( two circuits) 96Worksurface Mount Power Modules 97Worksurface Mount Receptacle Block 99Transition Jumpers 100

Worksurfaces and Supports Rectangular Worksurfaces 101Trapezoid Worksurfaces 104120° Worksurfaces 106Support Brackets and Support Legs 107Worksurface Privacy Screens 108

Accessories Core Structure Accessories 109Drawer Kit Accessories 110Shelf Kit Accessories 111Task Lights 112

Wall Mounting of Knoll Products 113

Alpha-Numeric Index 115

Selling Policy 123

KnollKey Lock Program 125

General Ordering Information 126

Template

PLTEMP02151

Copyright � 2015 Knoll, Inc.All rights reserved.All prices effective 2/15/2015.

Page 3: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Knoll and Sustainable Design

Each year Knoll sets key initiatives in our journey to sustainability. We are members of a global consortium on energy, have adopted ascientific, metrics-based approach to sustainable product design, and maintain a leadership position in establishing universal,verifiable, sustainability standards for our industry.

Knoll promotes independent third-party certification because it provides the most impartial and trustworthy foundation for industry-wideenvironmental compliance. Certification by established and respected third parties ensures that all manufacturers are held to the samehigh standards and that customers can trust a company’s declaration about the environmental benefits of its products. Knoll third-partypartners include: the International Standards Organization (ISO); Forest Stewardship Council (FSC�); Rainforest Alliance;GREENGUARD� Environmental Institute; and The Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer’s Association (BIFMA) level�certification from Scientific Certification Systems (SCS).

In addition, Knoll is aligned with the U.S. Green Building Council and can help companies, healthcare organizations and educationalinstitutions achieve Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED�) workplace certification.

Global Climate Change• Knoll is a sponsor of the Clinton Global Initiative, which brings together a community of global leaders to devise and implement

solutions to some of the world’s most pressing challenges, including environmental change.

• Knoll has a comprehensive Energy Management Program to increase energy efficiency in products and processes.

Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) Tool• Life Cycle Assessment is a science-based measurement of a product’s environmental impacts throughout its life cycle, from raw

materials sourcing through manufacture, shipping, use and re-use or end-of-life. LCA enables cradle-to-cradle implementation ofsustainable practices.

• Knoll has partnered with The Green Standard.org to develop an affordable, universal ISO-compliant computer-based LCA tool thatcan be used by the entire contract furniture industry and is partnering on the development of an Environmental Product DeclarationSystem (EPDs) for Knoll products. EPDs are verified documents containing LCA results and additional environmental performanceinformation about a product.

Setting Industry Standards• Knoll partners with MTS (The Institute for Market Transformation to Sustainability) to develop the SMaRT© Consensus Sustainable

Products Standards, a set of consensus-based sustainable product standards based on the LEED� model, for all building products,fabric, apparel, flooring and carpet. MTS, the developer of SMaRT©, is an accredited American National Standards Institute (ANSI)standard developer.

• Knoll also partners with BIFMA (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Association) to promote level� sustainabilitystandards for the contract furniture industry.

• Knoll has established FSC� (Forest Stewardship Council) certified wood as the standard for general office open plan office systems,casegoods and tables.

• Knoll has launched Full Circle, a resource recovery program developed with ANEW, to help customers extend the life cycle of surplusfurniture, fixtures and equipment (FF&E) in an economically, socially and environmentally responsible manner.

• Our goal is to encourage all manufacturers in the contract furniture industry and related industries to adopt standards that will lead tosustainable products and practices.

For more information about Knoll and sustainable design, visit knoll.com/environment.

2

Page 4: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Initial Cleaning of Markerboards Before First Use:

• Using a clean, dry cloth and a nonabrasive cleaner, gently clean the entire board to loosen any residue

• Using a dry cloth, wipe the entire surface to remove all dirt and residue from the prior step

• Rinse the entire board with clean water

• Using a dry cloth, wipe dry the entire surface

Daily Use, Care and Maintenance:

• Use the proper markers. All dry erase markers will write legibly on the marker board surface, but not all will erase properly due to their composition. Do not use low odor dry erase markers or permanent (indelible) markers. Use of these markers will lead to staining or ghosting, even with regular cleaning.

• Clean the markerboard regularly. It is recommended that markerboards be erased daily using an eraser designated for use with dry erase markers. If the markerboard is used daily, we recommend that a complete cleaning is performed at least 2-3 times a week using EXPO® whiteboard cleaner.

• Remove ghosting. Using EXPO® whiteboard cleaner and a paper towel, wipe the entire surface and let dry. Mix Joy® dishwashing detergent with warm water and apply to the board using a paper towel, then wipe dry with a clean cloth. Repeat as necessary.

• Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner.

Proper use and regular cleaning of your markerboard surface is essential for preventing permanent stains and/or ghosting typically associated with dry erase markers. By following the care and use instructions below, you will minimize the possibility of permanent stains and ghosting.

Note: Do not use other painted tiles as markerboards or product damage will occur and the tile warranty will be voided.

Knoll Color Program Finishes Template

3

Page 5: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Knoll Color Program Finishes

Core Paint and Laminate Finishes

OrderCode Color Name Paint Grade

Laminate Grade forworksurface shelves

and cabinet tops Paint Finishes Laminate Finishes2mm Edgeband

Finishes Pull Finishes

611 Beige Mist Metallic P2 • •611T Beige Mist Metallic,

textured P2 •118 Bright White P1 L1 • • • •118T Bright White, textured P1 •112 Brown P1 • •112T Brown, textured P1 •123 Brushed Grey L2 •122 Brushed Sand L2 •143 Classic Oak L2 • •113 Dark Grey P1 • • •113T Dark Grey, textured P1 •128 Fog L2 • •114 Folkstone Grey P1 L1 • • • •114T Folkstone Grey, textured P1 •144 Graphite Pear L2 • •142 Grey Ash L2 • •111 Jet Black P1 L2 • • • •111T Jet Black, textured P1 •139 Light Ash L2 • •701 Markerboard White P3 •124 Medium Cherry L2 • •115 Medium Grey P1 • •115T Medium Grey, textured P1 •612 Medium Metallic Grey P2 •612T Medium Metallic Grey,

textured P2 •121 Micro Grey L2 •129 Micro Sand L2 •126 Natural Cherry L2 • •125 Natural Maple L2 • •119 Pumice L1 • •116 Sandstone P1 • •116T Sandstone, textured P1 •613 Silver P3 • •Note: Markerboard white finish (701) is available on Template backs only.

L1 and L2 laminate finish grades only apply to cabinet tops and worksurfaceshelves. Perpendicular worksurfaces utilize a single price grade.

Custom Paint Color Policy – Custom paint colors may be applied toTemplate product on a select basis. For colors outside the standard pallettefor Template, Knoll will custom match to your specification according tothe following requirements: The request for a custom paint color must beaccompanied by a purchase order for the product to be ordered and by amaster color-match sample of paint applied to metal at least 3� x 5� in size.Knoll will evaluate the sample to determine application feasibility. Uponapproval for application, Knoll will forward two factory samples with anassigned Knoll color name and order code for customer approval. One ofthe approved Knoll samples must be signed signed and returned to Knollbefore an order is processed and dated.

P2 pricing applies to all solid custom or non-core Knoll finishes

P3 pricing applies to all metallic or white custom finishes as well as anymetallic or white non-core Knoll finishes.

End panels, midpanels, bases, tops

and backsTops Tops

Drawer, slidingdoor and hinge doorfronts, sliding door

tracks

Worksurfaceshelves

Worksurfaceshelves

Drawer, slidingdoor and hinge door

handles

Standard shelves,slotted shelves and

shelf dividersWorksurfaces Worksurfaces

Support column andlegs

Slotted shelfpartitions and base

fillers

Template

4

Page 6: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Knoll Color Program Finishes

Core Paint and Laminate Finishes

OrderCode Color Name Paint Grade

Laminate Grade forworksurface shelves

and cabinet tops Paint Finishes Laminate Finishes2mm Edgeband

Finishes Pull Finishes

117 Soft Grey P1 L1 • • • •117T Soft Grey, textured P1 •127 Walnut L2 • •140 Warm Ash L2 • •141 Whitened Ash L2 • •145 Zebra L2 • •AA Aluminum •AB Black •AN Nickel •Note: Markerboard white finish (701) is available on Template backs only.

L1 and L2 laminate finish grades only apply to cabinet tops and worksurfaceshelves. Perpendicular worksurfaces utilize a single price grade.

Custom Paint Color Policy – Custom paint colors may be applied toTemplate product on a select basis. For colors outside the standard pallettefor Template, Knoll will custom match to your specification according tothe following requirements: The request for a custom paint color must beaccompanied by a purchase order for the product to be ordered and by amaster color-match sample of paint applied to metal at least 3� x 5� in size.Knoll will evaluate the sample to determine application feasibility. Uponapproval for application, Knoll will forward two factory samples with anassigned Knoll color name and order code for customer approval. One ofthe approved Knoll samples must be signed signed and returned to Knollbefore an order is processed and dated.

P2 pricing applies to all solid custom or non-core Knoll finishes

P3 pricing applies to all metallic or white custom finishes as well as anymetallic or white non-core Knoll finishes.

End panels, midpanels, bases, tops

and backsTops Tops

Drawer, slidingdoor and hinge doorfronts, sliding door

tracks

Worksurfaceshelves

Worksurfaceshelves

Drawer, slidingdoor and hinge door

handles

Standard shelves,slotted shelves and

shelf dividersWorksurfaces Worksurfaces

Support column andlegs

Slotted shelfpartitions and base

fillers

Template

5

Page 7: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Knoll Color Program Finishes

Veneer, Aluminum and Glass Finishes

OrderCode Color Name Veneer Grade Veneer Finishes Glass Sliding Door Finishes

Y851 Black Oak V1 •Y821 Blond Maple V1 •Y319 Cherry V1 •Y343 Dark Grey Oak V1 •Y326 Dark Mahogany V1 •Y882 Dove Grey V1 •Y344 Espresso V1 •Y831 Light Cherry V1 •Y881 Light Walnut V1 •Y316 Maple V1 •Y329 Medium Oak V1 •Y342 Medium Teak V1 •Y323 Medium Walnut V1 •Y811 Natural V1 •Y341 Wenge V1 •Y841 Ebony (open pore) V2 •Y861 Grigio Techwood (open pore) V2 •V312 Bronze Cherry V2 •V421 Chalk Oak V2 •V433 Light Fawn Cherry V2 •V423 Light Oak V2 •V411 Light Walnut V2 •V316 Maple V2 •V436 Medium Brown Cherry V2 •V319 Medium Cherry V2 •V412 Natural Cherry V2 •V440 Natural Hemlock (QC) V2 •V414 Natural Oak V2 •V417 Old English Walnut V2 •V415 Peacock Green Walnut V2 •V413 Sand Oak V2 •V439 Straight Anigre V2 •V512 Figured Anigre V3 •V515 Figured Sycamore V3 •V514 Makore V3 •V518 Natural Chestnut V3 •V517 Natural Sapele V3 •GL13 Powder Tempered Glass •GL25 Bronze Tempered Glass •GL35 Grey Tempered Glass •V1 - Techwood Closed Pore Surface with matching synthetic edge

V2 - Natural Veneer Closed Pore and Premium Techwood Veneer Closed Pore

V3 - Exotic Veneer

Note: All V2 Oaks are rift cut

Tops and inside back inserts Sliding doors

Drawer and hinge door fronts

Standard shelves and worksurfaceshelves

Worksurfaces

Template

6

Page 8: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Template Fabrics

Fabric Options — Available for fabric backs, inside back inserts and worksurfaces privacy screens unless noted otherwise.

Grade 10Annex (W1360)Beacon (W1597)Broadcloth II (W1619)Foundation (W351)Growth Spurt (W692)Skylark (W1718)Symbolic Detail (W693)Tailor made II (W1610)Versatility (W432)

Grade 20Bauhaus Block (W296)Circle Line (W1146)Clarity (W281)Criss Cross (W305)Labyrinth (W352)Main Frame (W1783)Nematic II (W1620)Photon II (W1695)Reflect (W884)Resolution (W280)Weave Three (W298)

Grade 30Basket Draft (W249)Flow (W565)Harmony (W232)Interknit (W1090)Match Point (W1145) *Micro (W465)Relay (W1020) *

Grade 40Amplify (W1215)Bandwidth (W1219)Clarkson (W1218)Ornament (W1078)Palladium (W1030)Spellbound (W1030)

* Available on worksurface privacyscreens only

The following textiles are availablefor use on Template fabric items.Consult with your Knollrepresentative for pricing:Knoll Hopsack (backs and insideback inserts only)PrestoRicochetTransition

COM (Customer’s Own Material)COM can be applied to Templateproduct on a select basis. Pleaseconsult your Knoll customer servicerepresentative for details on theCOM approval process and testingrequirements.

Pricing for COM fabrics is atGrade 10.

Note: Always contact your Knollcustomer service representative priorto sending any COM (includingpre-approved KnollTextiles) to themanufacturing facility.

Note: All fabric components greaterthan 60� wide may need to have thefabric railroaded (turned90-degrees). This must beconsidered when utilizing apatterned textile.

Template

7

Page 9: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Template SpecificationsPlanning Guideline

Template Planning Guidelines

The following Template planning guidelines are provided to ensure stability of Template storage product.

Different scenarios are:

1) Straight runs without attached worksurface2) Straight runs with perpendicular panel attachment3) Straight runs with attached worksurface4) Straight runs with a Template return

1) Straight runs without attached worksurface:• Template product 64� high and shorter without

drawers do not require additional stabilizing• Template product 64� high and shorter with

drawers must have a counterweight kit whichmatches the size of the base installed under thebottom drawer OR be secured to a fixed wallOR be secured back-to-back to anotherTemplate unit.

• Template product 71� high and 78� high (withor without drawers) must be secured to a fixedwall or secured back-to-back back to anotherTemplate unit.

2) Straight runs with perpendicular panelattachment:• Template product 64� high and shorter without

drawers do not require additional stabilizing• Template product 64� high and shorter with

drawers must have a minimum of 39� (15� plus24�) long run of panel(s) attached to theTemplate unit using a Template panelattachment kit. Panels must be on the sameside as the drawers.

• Template product 71� high and 78� high (withor without drawers) must have a minimum of24� long run of panel(s) attached on both sidesof the Template unit.

Template

8

Page 10: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Template SpecificationsPlanning Guideline

3) Straight runs with perpendicular worksurface(s):• Template products 71� high and shorter without drawers

or with one drawer do not require additional stabilizing.• Template product 71� high and shorter with multiple

drawer kits must have either: additional worksurfacesattached or a counter weight kit attached to the rear of theinverted base or secured to a fixed wall or securedback-to-back.

• Template product 78� high or taller must be secured to afixed wall or secured back-to-back.

4) Straight runs with a Template return:• With a 24� or wider return, Template product 78� high

and shorter does not require additional stabilizing, up to a288� (24ft) long run.

Template

9

Page 11: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

End Panelfor steel top

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

End Panel, no knockouts 1� 15� 42� BC1EP42NNS $190. $208. $216.1� 15� 50� BC1EP50NNS 202. 222. 233.1� 15� 57� BC1EP57NNS 215. 237. 248.1� 15� 64� BC1EP64NNS 226. 250. 261.1� 15� 71� BC1EP71NNS 243. 266. 278.1� 15� 78� BC1EP78NNS 254. 279. 292.

End Panel, desk ht. knockouts 1� 15� 42� BC1EP42KNS 190. 208. 216.1� 15� 50� BC1EP50KNS 202. 222. 233.1� 15� 57� BC1EP57KNS 215. 238. 248.1� 15� 64� BC1EP64KNS 226. 250. 261.1� 15� 71� BC1EP71KNS 243. 266. 278.1� 15� 78� BC1EP78KNS 254. 279. 291.

End Panel, desk ht.base infeed knockouts

1� 15� 42� BC1EP42KKS 198. 216. 226.1� 15� 50� BC1EP50KKS 211. 233. 243.1� 15� 57� BC1EP57KKS 223. 246. 257.1� 15� 64� BC1EP64KKS 237. 259. 271.1� 15� 71� BC1EP71KKS 251. 277. 289.1� 15� 78� BC1EP78KKS 263. 289. 302.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

End panel for steel top may only beutilized with a steel top.

Application Notes

End panels with desk ht. knockoutsinclude two knockouts; one justabove worksurface ht. and one justbelow worksurface ht. Knockoutcovers are available separately tocover unused locations.

End panels with desk ht./baseinfeed knockouts include desk ht.knockouts as well as 3 holes at thebase of the end panel. A center holeprovides access for communicationcables while two outer holes provideaccess for base infeeds.

Grommets and hold plugs areincluded with end panels that havebase infeed knockouts.

Template

10

Page 12: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

End Panelfor laminate or veneer top

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

End Panel, no knockouts 1� 15� 16� BC1EP16NN(L/V) $155. $171. $179.1� 15� 22� BC1EP22NN(L/V) 160. 175. 184.1� 15� 25� BC1EP25NN(L/V) 169. 186. 195.1� 15� 28� BC1EP28NN(L/V) 169. 186. 195.1� 15� 42� BC1EP42NN(L/V) 190. 208. 216.1� 15� 50� BC1EP50NN(L/V) 202. 222. 233.1� 15� 57� BC1EP57NN(L/V) 215. 237. 248.1� 15� 64� BC1EP64NN(L/V) 226. 250. 261.1� 15� 71� BC1EP71NN(L/V) 243. 266. 278.1� 15� 78� BC1EP78NN(L/V) 254. 279. 292.

End Panel, desk ht. knockouts 1� 15� 25� BC1EP25KN(L/V) 169. 186. 193.1� 15� 28� BC1EP28KN(L/V) 169. 186. 193.1� 15� 42� BC1EP42KN(L/V) 190. 208. 216.1� 15� 50� BC1EP50KN(L/V) 202. 222. 233.1� 15� 57� BC1EP57KN(L/V) 215. 238. 248.1� 15� 64� BC1EP64KN(L/V) 226. 250. 261.1� 15� 71� BC1EP71KN(L/V) 243. 266. 278.1� 15� 78� BC1EP78KN(L/V) 254. 279. 291.

End Panel, desk ht./base infeed knockouts

1� 15� 16� BC1EP16NK(L/V) 162. 179. 188.1� 15� 22� BC1EP22NK(L/V) 168. 184. 193.1� 15� 25� BC1EP25KK(L/V) 175. 195. 203.1� 15� 28� BC1EP28KK(L/V) 175. 195. 203.1� 15� 42� BC1EP42KK(L/V) 198. 216. 226.1� 15� 50� BC1EP50KK(L/V) 211. 233. 243.1� 15� 57� BC1EP57KK(L/V) 223. 246. 257.1� 15� 64� BC1EP64KK(L/V) 237. 259. 271.1� 15� 71� BC1EP71KK(L/V) 251. 277. 289.1� 15� 78� BC1EP78KK(L/V) 263. 289. 302.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

End panel for laminate or veneer topmay only be utilized with a laminateor veneer top.

Specify L for use with laminate topor V for use with veneer top.

Application Notes

End panels with desk ht. knockoutsinclude two knockouts; one justabove worksurface ht. and one justbelow worksurface ht. Knockoutcovers are available separately tocover unused locations.

Worksurface height end panel (28�)only includes one knockout belowworksurface height.

Antenna height (25�) andworksurface height (28�) end panelsonly include one knock-out belowtop height.

End panels with desk ht./baseinfeed knockouts include desk ht.knockouts as well as a base cutouton the outer face for a base infeed ortransition jumper.

16�h and 22�h end panels areavailable with no knockout or baseinfeed knockouts only. Desk-heightand below desk-height knockoutsare not available in these heights.

Credenza height end panels (22�h)are not available with knockouts.

Grommets and hold plugs areincluded with end panels that havebase infeed knockouts.

16�h and 22�h end panels areavailable with no knockout or baseinfeed knockouts only. Desk-heightand below desk-height knockoutsare not available in these heights.

Template

11

Page 13: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Mid Panelfor steel top

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Mid Panel, no knockouts 1� 15� 42� BC1MP42NS $311. $342. $358.1� 15� 50� BC1MP50NS 327. 358. 375.1� 15� 57� BC1MP57NS 339. 375. 392.1� 15� 64� BC1MP64NS 368. 403. 420.1� 15� 71� BC1MP71NS 382. 421. 440.1� 15� 78� BC1MP78NS 393. 433. 453.

Mid Panel, desk ht. knockouts 1� 15� 42� BC1MP42KS 311. 342. 358.1� 15� 50� BC1MP50KS 327. 358. 375.1� 15� 57� BC1MP57KS 339. 375. 392.1� 15� 64� BC1MP64KS 368. 403. 420.1� 15� 71� BC1MP71KS 382. 421. 440.1� 15� 78� BC1MP78KS 393. 433. 453.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Mid panel for steel top may only beutilized with a steel top.

Application Notes

Mid panels with desk ht. knockoutsinclude four knockouts; one justabove worksurface ht. on both sidesand one just below worksurface ht.on both sides. Knockout covers areavailable separately to cover unusedlocations.

Template

12

Page 14: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Mid Panelfor laminate / veneer top

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Mid Panel, no knockouts 1� 15� 16� BC1MP16N(L/V) $265. $291. $305.1� 15� 22� BC1MP22N(L/V) 269. 295. 309.1� 15� 25� BC1MP25N(L/V) 270. 296. 311.1� 15� 28� BC1MP28N(L/V) 270. 296. 311.1� 15� 42� BC1MP42N(L/V) 311. 342. 358.1� 15� 50� BC1MP50N(L/V) 327. 358. 375.1� 15� 57� BC1MP57N(L/V) 339. 375. 392.1� 15� 64� BC1MP64N(L/V) 368. 403. 420.1� 15� 71� BC1MP71N(L/V) 382. 420. 440.1� 15� 78� BC1MP78N(L/V) 393. 433. 453.

Mid Panel, desk ht. knockouts 1� 15� 25� BC1MP25K(L/V) 270. 296. 311.1� 15� 28� BC1MP28K(L/V) 270. 296. 311.1� 15� 42� BC1MP42K(L/V) 311. 342. 358.1� 15� 50� BC1MP50K(L/V) 327. 358. 375.1� 15� 57� BC1MP57K(L/V) 339. 375. 392.1� 15� 64� BC1MP64K(L/V) 368. 403. 420.1� 15� 71� BC1MP71K(L/V) 382. 421. 440.1� 15� 78� BC1MP78K(L/V) 393. 433. 453.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Mid panel for laminate or veneer topmay only be utilized with a laminateor veneer top.

Specify L for use with laminate topor V for use with veneer top.

Application Notes

Mid panels with desk ht. knockoutsinclude four knockouts; one justabove worksurface height on bothsides and one just belowworksurface height on both sides.Knockout covers are availableseparately to cover unusedlocations.

Antenna height (25�) andworksurface height (28�) mid panelsonly include two knockouts belowtop height. One on either side.

Credenza height end panels (22�h)are not available with knockouts.

Template

13

Page 15: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Bases and Base Kick PlateWith cover/ with grommet cover/ no cover

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 V1

Base, with cover 15� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE15E(K) $210. $232. $242. n/a18� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE18E(K) 213. 235. 245. n/a231/2� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE23E(K) 230. 252. 264. n/a24� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE24E(K) 232. 254. 265. n/a291/2� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE29E(K) 251. 277. 290. n/a30� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE30E(K) 252. 277. 290. n/a36� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE36E(K) 290. 318. 333. n/a42� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE42E(K) 311. 342. 357. n/a48� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE48E(K) 320. 352. 366. n/a

Base, with grommet cover,for use with base duplex power block

15� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE15EG(K) 222. 244. 254. n/a18� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE18EG(K) 225. 246. 257. n/a231/2� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE23EG(K) 243. 265. 277. n/a24� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE24EG(K) 244. 266. 278. n/a291/2� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE29EG(K) 264. 290. 302. n/a30� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE30EG(K) 265. 290. 302. n/a36� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE36EG(K) 302. 332. 345. n/a42� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE42EG(K) 323. 355. 370. n/a48� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE48EG(K) 333. 364. 378. n/a

Base, no coverfor use under drawer kits where top is not visible

18� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE18N(K) 159. 174. 183. n/a231/2� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE23N(K) 168. 184. 192. n/a24� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE24N(K) 168. 184. 193. n/a291/2� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE29N(K) 176. 195. 203. n/a30� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE30N(K) 176. 196. 204. n/a36� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE36N(K) 203. 223. 235. n/a42� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE42N(K) 210. 232. 242. n/a48� 15� 23/8� BC2BASE48N(K) 217. 240. 251. n/a

Base kick plate, single 15� 3/4� 23/8� BC1KP15 85. 92. 98. n/a18� 3/4� 23/8� BC1KP18 86. 96. 101. n/a231/2� 3/4� 23/8� BC1KP23 93. 104. 108. n/a24� 3/4� 23/8� BC1KP24 93. 104. 108. n/a291/2� 3/4� 23/8� BC1KP29 100. 108. 112. n/a30� 3/4� 23/8� BC1KP30 100. 109. 113. n/a36� 3/4� 23/8� BC1KP36 104. 113. 120. n/a42� 3/4� 23/8� BC1KP42 107. 120. 125. n/a48� 3/4� 23/8� BC1KP48 112. 125. 130. n/a

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Base is available in painted finishonly.

Specify a ‘‘K’’ at the end of a basepattern number and add $20 to thelist price when configuring aTemplate run in a serpentine orback-to-back layout. A hole will beprovided in the back face of thebase to allow access to powerjumpers.

Application Notes

Base with cover includes removablebase top providing easy access tothe base interior.

Base with grommet cover allowspower cord access when pluggingitems into a base duplex powerblock.

Base without cover may be utilizedbelow a drawer kit to save cost asthe top is not required and electricalcomponents will not be seen.

231/2�w and 291/2�w bases aredesigned to position worksurfaceheight cases perpendicular tostandard 24�d and 30�d worksurfaceends for support.

Base kick plate is optional anddesigned to provide a flushappearance to base when belowdrawers or doors or adjacent to fullheight sliding doors.

Template

14

Page 16: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Bases and Base Kick PlateWith cover/ with grommet cover/ no cover

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 V1

Base knockout coverpkg. of 10

41/4� 1/16� 13/4� BC2BASEKC10 $523. $574. $601. n/a

Base kick plate, package of 6 15� 3/4� 23/8� BC1KP156 255. 280. 293. n/a18� 3/4� 23/8� BC1KP186 265. 291. 305. n/a231/2� 3/4� 23/8� BC1KP236 310. 340. 357. n/a24� 3/4� 23/8� BC1KP246 313. 344. 361. n/a291/2� 3/4� 23/8� BC1KP296 336. 372. 389. n/a30� 3/4� 23/8� BC1KP306 338. 374. 390. n/a36� 3/4� 23/8� BC1KP366 366. 402. 420. n/a42� 3/4� 23/8� BC1KP426 392. 431. 450. n/a48� 3/4� 23/8� BC1KP486 420. 462. 483. n/a

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Base is available in painted finishonly.

Specify a ‘‘K’’ at the end of a basepattern number and add $20 to thelist price when configuring aTemplate run in a serpentine orback-to-back layout. A hole will beprovided in the back face of thebase to allow access to powerjumpers.

Application Notes

Base with cover includes removablebase top providing easy access tothe base interior.

Base with grommet cover allowspower cord access when pluggingitems into a base duplex powerblock.

Base without cover may be utilizedbelow a drawer kit to save cost asthe top is not required and electricalcomponents will not be seen.

231/2�w and 291/2�w bases aredesigned to position worksurfaceheight cases perpendicular tostandard 24�d and 30�d worksurfaceends for support.

Base kick plate is optional anddesigned to provide a flushappearance to base when belowdrawers or doors or adjacent to fullheight sliding doors.

Template

15

Page 17: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

TopsFull Widthcredenza or worksurface height units

description w d h pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2 V3

Top, full width 24� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1524(L/V) $148. $188. $268. $308. $416.30� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1530(L/V) 156. 191. 277. 318. 432.36� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1536(L/V) 167. 256. 286. 329. 443.42� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1542(L/V) 176. 265. 293. 337. 457.47� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1547(L/V) 183. 270. 305. 349. 471.48� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1548(L/V) 183. 271. 306. 352. 475.53� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1553(L/V) 306. 336. 326. 375. 505.59� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1559(L/V) 306. 344. 333. 383. 519.65� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1565(L/V) 326. 464. 342. 394. 531.70� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1570(L/V) 327. 467. 349. 403. 543.71� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1571(L/V) 327. 467. 352. 404. 545.76� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1576(L/V) 344. 477. 358. 413. 555.77� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1577(L/V) 344. 477. 360. 414. 558.82� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1582(L/V) 344. 480. 369. 422. 569.83� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1583(L/V) 344. 480. 370. 423. 571.88� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1588(L/V) 369. 483. 376. 432. 581.89� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1589(L/V) 370. 483. 377. 433. 586.94� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1594(L/V) 376. 488. 384. 442. 597.95� 15� 11/4� BC1TOPW1595(L/V) 377. 488. 386. 445. 601.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

L1 finishes include:

114 - Folkstone Grey117 - Soft Grey118 - Bright White119 - Pumice

L2 finishes include all otherstandard Knoll core laminatefinishes.

Application Notes

Tops for credenza or worksurfaceheight units are available in 11/4�thick laminate or veneer only.

Full top widths are computed bytaking the nominal full width ofsingle or connected units andsubtracting 1� for each mid panelutilized.

Example:72�w unit comprises of two 36�wsections (one mid panel) wouldutilize a 71�w top.

72�w unit comprised of three 24�wsections (two mid panels) wouldutilize a 70�w top.

Due to the large number of unitcombinations possible, only themost common sizes are available asstandard product.

Template

16

Page 18: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

TopsFull Width42�h to 78�h units

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 L1 L2 V1 V2 V3

Top, full width 24� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1524(S/L/V) $156. $171. $179. $156. $198. $292. $335. $454.30� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1530(S/L/V) 164. 182. 191. 164. 202. 302. 348. 469.36� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1536(S/L/V) 174. 193. 202. 174. 269. 311. 358. 483.42� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1542(S/L/V) 186. 204. 213. 186. 279. 320. 369. 498.47� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1547(S/L/V) 316. 347. 362. 193. 286. 332. 379. 515.48� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1548(S/L/V) 193. 212. 222. 193. 286. 333. 383. 517.53� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1553(S/L/V) 321. 353. 369. 321. 353. 355. 410. 550.59� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1559(S/L/V) 321. 353. 370. 321. 362. 362. 418. 565.59� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1560P(S/L/V) 321. 353. 370. 321. 362. 362. 418. 565.65� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1565(S/L/V) 339. 374. 395. 339. 486. 373. 428. 579.70� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1570(S/L/V) 342. 375. 395. 342. 491. 379. 440. 591.71� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1571(S/L/V) 342. 375. 395. 342. 491. 383. 441. 593.71� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1572P(S/L/V) 342. 375. 395. 342. 491. 384. 442. 595.76� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1576(L/V) 360. 499. 391. 449. 605.77� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1577(S/L/V) 360. 399. 416. 360. 499. 393. 450. 609.82� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1582(L/V) 360. 503. 401. 460. 620.83� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1583(S/L/V) 360. 399. 416. 360. 503. 402. 462. 623.88� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1588(L/V) 386. 506. 411. 469. 633.89� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1589(L/V) 387. 506. 412. 470. 638.94� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1594(L/V) 397. 512. 419. 482. 652.95� 15� 11/16� BC1TOP1595(L/V) 397. 512. 421. 485. 655.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

L1 finishes include:

114 - Folkstone Grey117 - Soft Grey118 - Bright White119 - Pumice

L2 finishes include all otherstandard Knoll core laminatefinishes.

Painted steel top include top trimpanel to provide a smoothappearance to the underside of thetop.

Application Notes

Tops for 42�h to 78�h units areavailable in 11/16� thickness tomatch standard shelf thickness.

Full top widths are computed bytaking the nominal full width ofsingle or connected units andsubtracting 1� for each mid panelutilized.

Due to the large number of unitcombinations possible, only themost common sizes are available asstandard product.

72P top is a nominal 71�w topspecifically designed for use withthe 72�w upper shelf kits. It will notwork with any other 72�wcombination.

60P top is a nominal 59�w topspecifically designed for use above60�w upper shelf kits. It will notwork with any other 60�wcombination.

Steel tops include finished topinsert panel. Steel top sizescorrespond to the following sizeconfigurations only:47�= two 24� sections53�= one 24� and one 30� section59�= two 30� sections65�= one 30� and one 36� section70�= three 24� sections71�= one 24� and one 48� section72�= for 72�w pre-configured only77�= one 30� and one 48� section82�= one 24� and two 30� sections83�= one 36� and one 48� section

Template

17

Page 19: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

TopsEnd Position / Mid Positioncredenza or worksurface height units

description wactualw d h pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2 V3

Top, end position 18� 171/2� 15� 11/4� BC1ETOPW1518(L/V) $142. $149. $256. $294. $399.24� 231/2� 15� 11/4� BC1ETOPW1524(L/V) 151. 158. 267. 307. 415.30� 291/2� 15� 11/4� BC1ETOPW1530(L/V) 160. 192. 276. 316. 427.36� 351/2� 15� 11/4� BC1ETOPW1536(L/V) 171. 260. 285. 327. 441.42� 411/2� 15� 11/4� BC1ETOPW1542(L/V) 180. 265. 293. 337. 457.48� 471/2� 15� 11/4� BC1ETOPW1548(L/V) 185. 271. 306. 352. 475.

Top, mid position 24� 23� 15� 11/4� BC1MTOPW1524(L/V) 151. 158. 267. 307. 415.30� 29� 15� 11/4� BC1MTOPW1530(L/V) 160. 192. 274. 315. 426.36� 35� 15� 11/4� BC1MTOPW1536(L/V) 171. 259. 285. 327. 441.42� 41� 15� 11/4� BC1MTOPW1542(L/V) 180. 265. 292. 336. 456.48� 47� 15� 11/4� BC1MTOPW1548(L/V) 185. 270. 305. 349. 471.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Informatin

L1 finishes include:

114 - Folkstone Grey117 - Soft Grey118 - Bright White119 - Pumice

L2 finishes include all otherstandard Knoll core laminatefinishes.

Application Notes

Tops for credenza or worksurfaceheight units are available in 11/4�thick laminate or veneer only.

End and mid position tops aredesigned to cover single Templatesection widths occuring at either theend or middle of a run.

End position tops are actual widthminus1/2� to butt up against a midposition top or another end positiontop.

Mid position tops are actual widthminus 1� to butt up against adjacentend/mid position tops.

Template

18

Page 20: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

TopsEnd Position / Mid Position42�h to 78�h units

description wactualw d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 L1 L2 V1 V2 V3

Top, end position 15� 141/2� 15� 11/16� BC1ETOP1515(S/L/V) $147. $160. $168. $147. $154. $310. $356. $481.18� 171/2� 15� 11/16� BC1ETOP1518(S/L/V) 151. 166. 172. 151. 159. 316. 362. 491.24� 231/2� 15� 11/16� BC1ETOP1524(S/L/V) 160. 174. 184. 160. 168. 330. 378. 511.30� 291/2� 15� 11/16� BC1ETOP1530(S/L/V) 169. 188. 195. 169. 203. 343. 396. 531.36� 351/2� 15� 11/16� BC1ETOP1536(S/L/V) 179. 197. 205. 179. 272. 355. 410. 550.42� 411/2� 15� 11/16� BC1ETOP1542(S/L/V) 189. 206. 216. 189. 278. 366. 422. 570.48� 471/2� 15� 11/16� BC1ETOP1548(S/L/V) 196. 214. 224. 196. 286. 383. 441. 593.59� 581/2� 15� 11/16� BC1ETOP1560P(S/L/V) 306. 336. 352. 306. 483. 437. 464. 479.71� 701/2� 15� 11/16� BC1ETOP1572P(S/L/V) 312. 343. 358. 312. 490. 442. 469. 486.

Top, mid position 15� 14� 15� 11/16� BC1MTOP1515(S/L/V) 147. 160. 168. 147. 154. 310. 356. 481.18� 17� 15� 11/16� BC1MTOP1518(S/L/V) 151. 166. 172. 151. 159. 316. 362. 491.24� 23� 15� 11/16� BC1MTOP1524(S/L/V) 160. 174. 184. 160. 168. 329. 377. 510.30� 29� 15� 11/16� BC1MTOP1530(S/L/V) 169. 188. 195. 169. 202. 342. 395. 530.36� 35� 15� 11/16� BC1MTOP1536(S/L/V) 179. 197. 205. 179. 271. 353. 408. 549.42� 41� 15� 11/16� BC1MTOP1542(S/L/V) 189. 206. 216. 189. 278. 365. 421. 569.48� 47� 15� 11/16� BC1MTOP1548(S/L/V) 196. 214. 224. 196. 286. 379. 440. 591.59� 58� 15� 11/16� BC1MTOP1560P(S/L/V) 306. 336. 352. 306. 483. 437. 464. 479.71� 70� 15� 11/16� BC1MTOP1572P(S/L/V) 312. 343. 358. 312. 490. 442. 469. 486.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

L1 finishes include:

114 - Folkstone Grey117 - Soft Grey118 - Bright White119 - Pumice

L2 finishes include all otherstandard Knoll core laminatefinishes.

Painted steel tops include top trimpanel to provide a smoothappearance to the underside of thetop.

Application Notes

Tops for 42�h to 78�h units areavailable in 11/16� thickness tomatch standard shelf thickness.

End and mid position tops aredesigned to cover single Templatesection widths occuring at either theend or middle of a run.

End position tops are actual widthminus1/2� to butt up against a midposition top or another end positiontop.

Mid position tops are actual widthminus 1� to butt up against adjacentend/mid position tops.

72P top is a nominal 71�w topspecifically designed for use withthe 72�w upper shelf kits. It will notwork with any other 72�wcombination.

60P top is a nominal 59�w topspecifically designed for use above60�w upper shelf kits. It will notwork with any other 60�wcombination.

Template

19

Page 21: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Full Height Back Kit16�h to 50�h painted

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

16�h full height back kit, painted 18� 16� BB2FBK1618P $155. $170. $176.24� 16� BB2FBK1624P 160. 176. 186.30� 16� BB2FBK1630P 164. 184. 191.36� 16� BB2FBK1636P 171. 190. 197.42� 16� BB2FBK1642P 175. 195. 203.48� 16� BB2FBK1648P 182. 202. 210.

22�h full height back kit, painted 18� 22� BB2FBK2218P 160. 174. 183.24� 22� BB2FBK2224P 164. 182. 191.30� 22� BB2FBK2230P 170. 189. 196.36� 22� BB2FBK2236P 175. 193. 202.42� 22� BB2FBK2242P 182. 200. 208.48� 22� BB2FBK2248P 188. 205. 214.

25�h Antenna full height back kit, painted 18� 25� BB2FBK2518P 163. 181. 189.24� 25� BB2FBK2524P 171. 189. 197.30� 25� BB2FBK2530P 179. 197. 205.36� 25� BB2FBK2536P 186. 204. 213.42� 25� BB2FBK2542P 192. 212. 219.48� 25� BB2FBK2548P 200. 218. 230.

28�h full height back kit, painted 18� 28� BB2FBK2818P 163. 181. 189.231/2� 28� BB2FBK2823P 171. 189. 197.24� 28� BB2FBK2824P 171. 189. 197.291/2� 28� BB2FBK2829P 179. 197. 205.30� 28� BB2FBK2830P 179. 197. 205.36� 28� BB2FBK2836P 186. 204. 213.42� 28� BB2FBK2842P 192. 212. 219.48� 28� BB2FBK2848P 200. 218. 230.

42�h full height back kit, painted 15� 42� BB2FBK4215P 203. 222. 233.18� 42� BB2FBK4218P 203. 222. 233.24� 42� BB2FBK4224P 218. 242. 252.30� 42� BB2FBK4230P 238. 261. 272.36� 42� BB2FBK4236P 255. 281. 293.42� 42� BB2FBK4242P 272. 299. 313.48� 42� BB2FBK4248P 290. 318. 334.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Add a ‘‘GL’’ (left grommet position)or ‘‘GR’’ (right grommet position)plus $40 list to any width 28�hpainted back for access to acorresponding below worksurfaceknockout in adjacent end or midpanel.

Application Notes

Full backs cover sections from thebase to the underside of a top.

22�h and 28�h full back kits arealso utilized under worksurfaceshelves when there is either areversal or pass-through abovecredenza or worksurface height.

15�w full backs are only availableon units 57�h to 71�h.

Back grommets for 28�h paintedbacks designed to be used withworksurface mounted electricalcomponents listed on pages 97-99.

Template

20

Page 22: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Full Height Back Kit16�h to 50�h painted

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

50�h full height back kit, painted 15� 50� BB2FBK5015P $203. $223. $235.18� 50� BB2FBK5018P 203. 223. 235.24� 50� BB2FBK5024P 219. 243. 254.30� 50� BB2FBK5030P 239. 261. 274.36� 50� BB2FBK5036P 256. 282. 294.42� 50� BB2FBK5042P 274. 301. 315.48� 50� BB2FBK5048P 291. 320. 335.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Add a ‘‘GL’’ (left grommet position)or ‘‘GR’’ (right grommet position)plus $40 list to any width 28�hpainted back for access to acorresponding below worksurfaceknockout in adjacent end or midpanel.

Application Notes

Full backs cover sections from thebase to the underside of a top.

22�h and 28�h full back kits arealso utilized under worksurfaceshelves when there is either areversal or pass-through abovecredenza or worksurface height.

15�w full backs are only availableon units 57�h to 71�h.

Back grommets for 28�h paintedbacks designed to be used withworksurface mounted electricalcomponents listed on pages 97-99.

Template

21

Page 23: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Full Height Back Kit57�h to 78� h painted

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

57�h full height back kit, painted 15� 57� BB2FBK5715P $160. $175. $184.18� 57� BB2FBK5718P 204. 223. 235.24� 57� BB2FBK5724P 222. 244. 255.30� 57� BB2FBK5730P 240. 263. 276.36� 57� BB2FBK5736P 257. 284. 295.42� 57� BB2FBK5742P 276. 302. 316.48� 57� BB2FBK5748P 293. 322. 336.

64�h full height back kit, painted 15� 64� BB2FBK6415P 161. 176. 186.18� 64� BB2FBK6418P 204. 224. 236.24� 64� BB2FBK6424P 216. 239. 250.30� 64� BB2FBK6430P 236. 257. 270.36� 64� BB2FBK6436P 252. 278. 291.42� 64� BB2FBK6442P 270. 298. 311.48� 64� BB2FBK6448P 290. 317. 333.

71�h full height back kit, painted 15� 71� BB2FBK7115P 308. 338. 355.18� 71� BB2FBK7118P 334. 366. 384.24� 71� BB2FBK7124P 356. 393. 411.30� 71� BB2FBK7130P 376. 416. 436.36� 71� BB2FBK7136P 400. 440. 459.42� 71� BB2FBK7142P 421. 463. 483.48� 71� BB2FBK7148P 443. 488. 508.

78�h full height back kit, painted 18� 78� BB2FBK7818P 338. 373. 391.24� 78� BB2FBK7824P 362. 401. 418.30� 78� BB2FBK7830P 389. 425. 445.36� 78� BB2FBK7836P 412. 454. 471.42� 78� BB2FBK7842P 437. 479. 502.48� 78� BB2FBK7848P 459. 505. 528.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information Application Notes

Full backs cover sections from thebase to the underside of a top.

22�h and 28�h full back kits arealso utilized under worksurfaceshelves when there is either areversal or pass-through abovecredenza or worksurface height.

15�w full backs are only availableon units 57�h to 71�h.

71�h and 78�h backs are segmenteddue to their size. Pattern numberincludes two back sections; onebottom position back approximately15�h to line up with the top of abottom file drawer and one topposition back to cover the remainingheight.

Template

22

Page 24: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Full Height Back Kit16�h to 50�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

16�h full height back kit, fabric 18� 1/2� 16� BB2FBK1618F $265. $288. $301. $311.24� 1/2� 16� BB2FBK1624F 279. 301. 316. 326.30� 1/2� 16� BB2FBK1630F 288. 310. 323. 336.36� 1/2� 16� BB2FBK1636F 315. 339. 356. 369.42� 1/2� 16� BB2FBK1642F 322. 348. 364. 376.48� 1/2� 16� BB2FBK1648F 333. 359. 376. 391.

22�h full height back kit, fabric 18� 1/2� 22� BB2FBK2218F 270. 292. 306. 316.24� 1/2� 22� BB2FBK2224F 285. 306. 321. 332.30� 1/2� 22� BB2FBK2230F 292. 315. 329. 342.36� 1/2� 22� BB2FBK2236F 320. 345. 360. 373.42� 1/2� 22� BB2FBK2242F 327. 353. 370. 383.48� 1/2� 22� BB2FBK2248F 337. 364. 383. 397.

25�h Antenna full height back kit, fabric 18� 1/2� 25� BB2FBK2518F 281. 302. 316. 327.24� 1/2� 25� BB2FBK2524F 299. 322. 337. 350.30� 1/2� 25� BB2FBK2530F 310. 334. 349. 361.36� 1/2� 25� BB2FBK2536F 343. 370. 389. 402.42� 1/2� 25� BB2FBK2542F 355. 383. 401. 415.48� 1/2� 25� BB2FBK2548F 366. 398. 416. 428.

28�h full height back kit, fabric 18� 1/2� 28� BB2FBK2818F 281. 302. 316. 327.231/2� 1/2� 28� BB2FBK2823F 299. 322. 337. 350.24� 1/2� 28� BB2FBK2824F 299. 322. 337. 350.291/2� 1/2� 28� BB2FBK2829F 310. 334. 349. 361.30� 1/2� 28� BB2FBK2830F 310. 334. 349. 361.36� 1/2� 28� BB2FBK2836F 343. 370. 389. 402.42� 1/2� 28� BB2FBK2842F 355. 383. 401. 415.48� 1/2� 28� BB2FBK2848F 366. 398. 416. 428.

42�h full height back kit, fabric 15� 1/2� 42� BB2FBK4215F 329. 356. 372. 386.18� 1/2� 42� BB2FBK4218F 329. 356. 372. 386.24� 1/2� 42� BB2FBK4224F 364. 396. 413. 426.30� 1/2� 42� BB2FBK4230F 390. 419. 441. 456.36� 1/2� 42� BB2FBK4236F 446. 482. 504. 522.42� 1/2� 42� BB2FBK4242F 467. 506. 529. 548.48� 1/2� 42� BB2FBK4248F 494. 532. 558. 575.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Specify a paint color for the metalportion of the back which is visiblefrom the inside of the unit and afabric for the fabric insert on theback side.

Application Notes

Full backs cover sections from thebase to the underside of a top.

22�h and 28�h full back kits arealso utilized under worksurfaceshelves when there is either areversal or pass-through abovecredenza or worksurface height.

15�w full backs are only availableon units 57�h to 71�h.

Fabric backs consist of two pieces;an inset metal back that is visiblefrom the inside of the unit and a1/2�thick fabric insert that mounts to theback side of the metal back.

Template

23

Page 25: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Full Height Back Kit16�h to 50�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

50�h full height back kit, fabric 15� 1/2� 50� BB2FBK5015F $338. $365. $383. $398.18� 1/2� 50� BB2FBK5018F 338. 365. 383. 398.24� 1/2� 50� BB2FBK5024F 375. 408. 425. 441.30� 1/2� 50� BB2FBK5030F 401. 432. 454. 468.36� 1/2� 50� BB2FBK5036F 466. 505. 528. 547.42� 1/2� 50� BB2FBK5042F 492. 531. 555. 574.48� 1/2� 50� BB2FBK5048F 517. 558. 583. 604.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Specify a paint color for the metalportion of the back which is visiblefrom the inside of the unit and afabric for the fabric insert on theback side.

Application Notes

Full backs cover sections from thebase to the underside of a top.

22�h and 28�h full back kits arealso utilized under worksurfaceshelves when there is either areversal or pass-through abovecredenza or worksurface height.

15�w full backs are only availableon units 57�h to 71�h.

Fabric backs consist of two pieces;an inset metal back that is visiblefrom the inside of the unit and a1/2�thick fabric insert that mounts to theback side of the metal back.

Template

24

Page 26: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Full Height Back Kit57�h to 78�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

57�h full height back kit, fabric 15� 1/2� 57� BB2FBK5715F $292. $315. $329. $339.18� 1/2� 57� BB2FBK5718F 345. 373. 391. 404.24� 1/2� 57� BB2FBK5724F 389. 419. 440. 455.30� 1/2� 57� BB2FBK5730F 416. 449. 468. 486.36� 1/2� 57� BB2FBK5736F 488. 526. 550. 570.42� 1/2� 57� BB2FBK5742F 515. 555. 580. 602.48� 1/2� 57� BB2FBK5748F 539. 582. 611. 630.

64�h full height back kit, fabric 15� 1/2� 64� BB2FBK6415F 298. 321. 336. 348.18� 1/2� 64� BB2FBK6418F 356. 384. 402. 416.24� 1/2� 64� BB2FBK6424F 396. 425. 446. 462.30� 1/2� 64� BB2FBK6430F 422. 456. 478. 494.36� 1/2� 64� BB2FBK6436F 503. 544. 567. 588.42� 1/2� 64� BB2FBK6442F 529. 572. 597. 618.48� 1/2� 64� BB2FBK6448F 560. 605. 632. 656.

71�h full height back kit, fabric 15� 1/2� 71� BB2FBK7115F 445. 481. 504. 522.18� 1/2� 71� BB2FBK7118F 488. 525. 549. 570.24� 1/2� 71� BB2FBK7124F 539. 582. 610. 630.30� 1/2� 71� BB2FBK7130F 572. 617. 648. 669.36� 1/2� 71� BB2FBK7136F 664. 717. 750. 775.42� 1/2� 71� BB2FBK7142F 697. 752. 786. 815.48� 1/2� 71� BB2FBK7148F 731. 789. 824. 855.

78�h full height back kit, fabric 18� 1/2� 78� BB2FBK7818F 499. 539. 564. 583.24� 1/2� 78� BB2FBK7824F 559. 603. 630. 654.30� 1/2� 78� BB2FBK7830F 592. 642. 669. 695.36� 1/2� 78� BB2FBK7836F 695. 750. 784. 815.42� 1/2� 78� BB2FBK7842F 730. 788. 823. 854.48� 1/2� 78� BB2FBK7848F 769. 830. 867. 900.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Specify a paint color for the metalportion of the back which is visiblefrom the inside of the unit and afabric for the fabric insert on theback side.

Application Notes

Full backs cover sections from thebase to the underside of a top.

22�h and 28�h full back kits arealso utilized under worksurfaceshelves when there is either areversal or pass-through abovecredenza or worksurface height.

15�w full backs are only availableon units 57�h to 71�h.

Fabric backs consist of two pieces;an inset metal back that is visiblefrom the inside of the unit and a1/2�thick fabric insert that mounts to theback side of the metal back.

71�h and 78�h backs are segmenteddue to their size. Pattern numberincludes two back sections; onebottom position back approximately15�h to line up with the top of abottom file drawer and one topposition back to cover the remainingheight.

Template

25

Page 27: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Lower Back Kit42�h, 44�h and 49�h painted

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

42�h lower back kit, paintedFor use on 57�h unit with 15�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 42� BB2LBK4218P $215. $238. $249.24� 42� BB2LBK4224P 236. 257. 269.30� 42� BB2LBK4230P 252. 278. 291.36� 42� BB2LBK4236P 271. 298. 312.42� 42� BB2LBK4242P 290. 318. 333.48� 42� BB2LBK4248P 307. 337. 353.

44�h lower back kit, paintedFor use on 64�h unit with 20�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 44� BB2LBK4418P 215. 238. 249.24� 44� BB2LBK4424P 236. 257. 269.30� 44� BB2LBK4430P 252. 278. 291.36� 44� BB2LBK4436P 271. 298. 312.42� 44� BB2LBK4442P 290. 318. 333.48� 44� BB2LBK4448P 308. 338. 355.

49�h lower back kit, paintedFor use on 64�h unit with 15�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 49� BB2LBK4918P 216. 239. 249.24� 49� BB2LBK4924P 236. 258. 270.30� 49� BB2LBK4930P 254. 279. 292.36� 49� BB2LBK4936P 272. 299. 313.42� 49� BB2LBK4942P 291. 320. 334.48� 49� BB2LBK4948P 308. 339. 356.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information Applicaiton Notes

Lower back covers a section fromthe base to a shelf height positionedto match either a 15�h or 20�hstandard top position storageopening or pass-through.

Lower back includes a spacer barthat fills the step created where theback meets a standard shelf.

Lower backs are not offered in 22�or 28� heights as a full back isalways utilized at those heights.The flush nature of theworksurface shelf utilized atthose heights negates the needfor a lower back with spacer.

Template

26

Page 28: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Lower Back Kit51�h, 56�h and 58�h painted

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

51�h lower back kit, paintedFor use on 71�h unit with 20�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 51� BB2LBK5118P $214. $237. $246.24� 51� BB2LBK5124P 233. 255. 266.30� 51� BB2LBK5130P 249. 274. 286.36� 51� BB2LBK5136P 266. 293. 307.42� 51� BB2LBK5142P 285. 312. 326.48� 51� BB2LBK5148P 301. 332. 347.

56�h lower back kit, paintedFor use on 71�h unit with 15�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 56� BB2LBK5618P 216. 239. 250.24� 56� BB2LBK5624P 237. 258. 271.30� 56� BB2LBK5630P 255. 281. 293.36� 56� BB2LBK5636P 272. 301. 315.42� 56� BB2LBK5642P 292. 321. 336.48� 56� BB2LBK5648P 311. 342. 357.

58�h lower back kit, paintedFor use on 78�h unit with 20�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 58� BB2LBK5818P 216. 239. 250.24� 58� BB2LBK5824P 237. 259. 271.30� 58� BB2LBK5830P 255. 281. 293.36� 58� BB2LBK5836P 274. 301. 315.42� 58� BB2LBK5842P 292. 321. 336.48� 58� BB2LBK5848P 311. 342. 357.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information Application Notes

Lower back covers a section fromthe base to a shelf height positionedto match either a 15�h or 20�hstandard top position storageopening or pass-through.

Lower back includes a spacer barthat fills the step created where theback meets a standard shelf.

Lower backs are not offered in 22�or 28� heights as a full back isalways utilized at those heights.The flush nature of theworksurface shelf utilized atthose heights negates the needfor a lower back with spacer.

Template

27

Page 29: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Lower Back Kit42�h, 44�h and 49�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

42�h lower back kit, fabricFor use on 57�h unit with 15�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 42� BB2LBK4218F $343. $371. $389. $402.24� 42� BB2LBK4224F 377. 411. 426. 443.30� 42� BB2LBK4230F 403. 438. 457. 470.36� 42� BB2LBK4236F 462. 499. 522. 542.42� 42� BB2LBK4242F 485. 524. 548. 567.48� 42� BB2LBK4248F 509. 550. 575. 596.

44�h lower back kit, fabricFor use on 64�h unit with 20�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 44� BB2LBK4418F 347. 373. 393. 405.24� 44� BB2LBK4424F 383. 414. 432. 448.30� 44� BB2LBK4430F 410. 441. 460. 478.36� 44� BB2LBK4436F 467. 506. 529. 548.42� 44� BB2LBK4442F 491. 530. 555. 574.48� 44� BB2LBK4448F 517. 559. 583. 604.

49�h lower back kit, fabricFor use on 64�h unit with 15�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 49� BB2LBK4918F 352. 378. 399. 413.24� 49� BB2LBK4924F 391. 421. 442. 457.30� 49� BB2LBK4930F 416. 449. 468. 486.36� 49� BB2LBK4936F 482. 522. 546. 565.42� 49� BB2LBK4942F 507. 548. 573. 593.48� 49� BB2LBK4948F 532. 575. 603. 624.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Specify a paint color for the metalportion of the back which is visiblefrom the inside of the unit and afabric for the fabric insert on theback side.

Application Notes

Lower back covers a section fromthe base to a shelf height positionedto match either a 15�h or 20�hstandard top position storageopening or pass-through.

Lower back includes a spacer barthat fills the step created where theback meets a standard shelf.

Lower backs are not offered in 22�or 28� heights as a full back isalways utilized at those heights.The flush nature of theworksurface shelf utilized atthose heights negates the needfor a lower back with spacer.

The 11/16�h spacer bar is availablepainted only and will be visible ontop of a fabric lower back as it isdesigned to be an extension of thesteel shelf behind it.

Template

28

Page 30: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Lower Back Kit51�h, 56�h and 58�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

51�h lower back kit, fabricFor use on 71�h unit with 20�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 51� BB2LBK5118F $350. $377. $398. $412.24� 51� BB2LBK5124F 393. 422. 443. 458.30� 51� BB2LBK5130F 416. 449. 468. 486.36� 51� BB2LBK5136F 483. 522. 546. 565.42� 51� BB2LBK5142F 507. 548. 573. 593.48� 51� BB2LBK5148F 533. 576. 604. 624.

56�h lower back kit, fabricFor use on 71�h unit with 15�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 56� BB2LBK5618F 359. 389. 405. 421.24� 56� BB2LBK5624F 402. 436. 455. 469.30� 56� BB2LBK5630F 428. 464. 486. 503.36� 56� BB2LBK5636F 504. 544. 569. 589.42� 56� BB2LBK5642F 530. 573. 600. 620.48� 56� BB2LBK5648F 558. 602. 629. 653.

58�h lower back kit, fabricFor use on 78�h unit with 20�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 58� BB2LBK5818F 359. 390. 408. 421.24� 58� BB2LBK5824F 403. 437. 456. 470.30� 58� BB2LBK5830F 431. 465. 488. 504.36� 58� BB2LBK5836F 505. 546. 570. 590.42� 58� BB2LBK5842F 531. 574. 601. 622.48� 58� BB2LBK5848F 560. 604. 631. 656.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Specify a paint color for the metalportion of the back which is visiblefrom the inside of the unit and afabric for the fabric insert on theback side.

Application Notes

Lower back covers a section fromthe base to a shelf height positionedto match either a 15�h or 20�hstandard top position storageopening or pass-through.

Lower back includes a spacer barthat fills the step created where theback meets a standard shelf.

Lower backs are not offered in 22�or 28� heights as a full back isalways utilized at those heights.The flush nature of theworksurface shelf utilized atthose heights negates the needfor a lower back with spacer.

The 11/16�h spacer bar is availablepainted only and will be visible ontop of a fabric lower back as it isdesigned to be an extension of thesteel shelf behind it.

Template

29

Page 31: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Back Kit14�h, 15�h, 20�h and 22�h painted

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

14�h upper back kit, paintedFor use on 42�h unit with reversal at worksurfaceheight (not compatible with 15�h doorcomponents)

18� 14� BB1UBK1418P $159. $173. $182.24� 14� BB1UBK1424P 162. 176. 188.30� 14� BB1UBK1430P 166. 183. 191.36� 14� BB1UBK1436P 170. 188. 195.42� 14� BB1UBK1442P 173. 191. 200.48� 14� BB1UBK1448P 176. 195. 203.

15�h upper back kit, paintedFor use on 57�h and taller units with pass throughor reversed shelf storage below (compatible withall 15�h door kits)

18� 15� BB1UBK1518P 168. 184. 193.24� 15� BB1UBK1524P 174. 192. 201.30� 15� BB1UBK1530P 182. 200. 208.36� 15� BB1UBK1536P 190. 206. 216.42� 15� BB1UBK1542P 196. 215. 224.48� 15� BB1UBK1548P 203. 223. 235.60� 15� BB1UBK1560P 215. 237. 246.72� 15� BB1UBK1572P 222. 243. 252.

20�h upper back kit, paintedFor use on 57�h and taller units with pass throughor reversed shelf storage below (compatible withall 20�h door kits)

18� 20� BB1UBK2018P 168. 184. 193.24� 20� BB1UBK2024P 174. 193. 201.30� 20� BB1UBK2030P 183. 201. 210.36� 20� BB1UBK2036P 190. 208. 217.42� 20� BB1UBK2042P 197. 215. 225.48� 20� BB1UBK2048P 204. 224. 236.60� 20� BB1UBK2060P 230. 250. 259.72� 20� BB1UBK2072P 237. 256. 266.

22�h upper back kit, paintedFor use on 50� unit reversal at worksurface height

18� 22� BB1UBK2218P 168. 184. 193.24� 22� BB1UBK2224P 174. 193. 202.30� 22� BB1UBK2230P 183. 201. 210.36� 22� BB1UBK2236P 190. 208. 217.42� 22� BB1UBK2242P 197. 215. 225.48� 22� BB1UBK2248P 204. 224. 236.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information Application Notes

Upper back covers a section fromthe top to the underside of a shelf orworksurface shelf.

15�h and 20�h upper backs aredesigned to work withcorresponding storage doors. Allother heights are designed to createunits with reversal at worksurface orcredenza height as noted.

60�w and 72�w upper back kits arerequired with all 60�w and 72�wupper shelf kits.

Template

30

Page 32: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Back Kit28�h, 29�h, 35�h and 36�h painted

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

28�h upper back kit, paintedFor use on 50�h unit with reversal at credenzaheight

18� 28� BB1UBK2818P $183. $202. $211.24� 28� BB1UBK2824P 197. 215. 225.30� 28� BB1UBK2830P 210. 230. 240.36� 28� BB1UBK2836P 222. 245. 255.42� 28� BB1UBK2842P 236. 258. 270.48� 28� BB1UBK2848P 249. 272. 286.

29�h upper back kit, paintedFor use on 57�h unit with reversal at worksurfaceheight

18� 29� BB1UBK2918P 183. 202. 211.24� 29� BB1UBK2924P 197. 215. 225.30� 29� BB1UBK2930P 210. 230. 240.36� 29� BB1UBK2936P 222. 245. 255.42� 29� BB1UBK2942P 236. 258. 270.48� 29� BB1UBK2948P 249. 272. 286.

35�h upper back kit, paintedFor use on 57�h unit with reversal at credenzaheight

18� 35� BB1UBK3518P 184. 202. 211.24� 35� BB1UBK3524P 197. 216. 225.30� 35� BB1UBK3530P 211. 232. 242.36� 35� BB1UBK3536P 223. 246. 256.42� 35� BB1UBK3542P 237. 259. 271.48� 35� BB1UBK3548P 250. 276. 288.

36�h upper back kit, paintedFor use on 64�h unit with reversal at worksurfaceheight

18� 36� BB1UBK3618P 184. 202. 211.24� 36� BB1UBK3624P 197. 216. 225.30� 36� BB1UBK3630P 211. 232. 242.36� 36� BB1UBK3636P 223. 246. 256.42� 36� BB1UBK3642P 237. 259. 271.48� 36� BB1UBK3648P 250. 276. 288.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information Application Notes

Upper back covers a section fromthe top to the underside of a shelf orworksurface shelf.

15�h and 20�h upper backs aredesigned to work withcorresponding storage doors. Allother heights are designed to createunits with reversal at worksurface orcredenza height as noted.

Template

31

Page 33: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Back Kit42�h, 43�h and 49�h painted

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

42�h upper back kit, paintedFor use on 64�h unit with reversal at credenzaheight

18� 42� BB1UBK4218P $184. $203. $212.24� 42� BB1UBK4224P 198. 216. 226.30� 42� BB1UBK4230P 211. 233. 243.36� 42� BB1UBK4236P 224. 248. 257.42� 42� BB1UBK4242P 239. 261. 272.48� 42� BB1UBK4248P 251. 277. 290.

43�h upper back kit, paintedFor use on 71�h unit with reversal at worksurfaceheight

18� 43� BB1UBK4318P 184. 203. 212.24� 43� BB1UBK4324P 198. 216. 226.30� 43� BB1UBK4330P 211. 233. 243.36� 43� BB1UBK4336P 224. 248. 257.42� 43� BB1UBK4342P 239. 261. 272.48� 43� BB1UBK4348P 251. 277. 290.

49�h upper back kit, paintedFor use on 71�h unit with reversal at credenzaheight

18� 49� BB1UBK4918P 184. 203. 212.24� 49� BB1UBK4924P 198. 216. 226.30� 49� BB1UBK4930P 211. 233. 243.36� 49� BB1UBK4936P 224. 248. 257.42� 49� BB1UBK4942P 239. 261. 272.48� 49� BB1UBK4948P 251. 277. 290.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information Application Notes

Upper back covers a section fromthe top to the underside of a shelf orworksurface shelf.

15�h and 20�h upper backs aredesigned to work withcorresponding storage doors. Allother heights are designed to createunits with reversal at worksurface orcredenza height as noted.

Template

32

Page 34: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Back Kit14�h and 15�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

14�h upper back kit, fabricFor use on 42�h unit with reversal atworksurface height (not compatiblewith 15�h door components)

18� 14� BB1UBK1418F $264. $285. $296. $308.24� 14� BB1UBK1424F 271. 293. 306. 317.30� 14� BB1UBK1430F 277. 299. 313. 323.36� 14� BB1UBK1436F 295. 320. 335. 347.42� 14� BB1UBK1442F 302. 313. 342. 353.48� 14� BB1UBK1448F 310. 334. 349. 361.

15�h upper back kit, fabricFor use on 57�h and taller units with passthrough or reversed shelf storage below(compatible with all 15�h door kits)

18� 15� BB1UBK1518F 272. 294. 308. 318.24� 15� BB1UBK1524F 288. 310. 323. 335.30� 15� BB1UBK1530F 295. 320. 335. 347.36� 15� BB1UBK1536F 320. 345. 360. 373.42� 15� BB1UBK1542F 329. 356. 372. 386.48� 15� BB1UBK1548F 339. 366. 384. 399.60� 15� BB1UBK1560F 353. 378. 398. 412.72� 15� BB1UBK1572F * * * *

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Specify a paint color for the metalportion of the back which is visiblefrom the inside of the unit and afabric for the fabric insert on theback side.

Application Notes

Upper back covers a section fromthe top to the underside of a shelf orworksurface shelf.

15�h and 20�h upper backs aredesigned to work withcorresponding storage doors. Allother heights are designed to createunits with reversal at worksurface orcredenza height as noted.

60�w and 72�w upper back kits arerequired with all 60�w and 72�wupper shelf kits.

*72�w fabric backs need to bequoted as special product due torailroading of fabric.

Template

33

Page 35: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Back Kit20�h and 22�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

20�h upper back kit, fabricFor use on 57�h and taller units with passthrough or reversed shelf storage below(compatible with all 20�h door kits)

18� 20� BB1UBK2018F $279. $301. $315. $326.24� 20� BB1UBK2024F 294. 317. 333. 344.30� 20� BB1UBK2030F 306. 330. 345. 358.36� 20� BB1UBK2036F 334. 360. 376. 393.42� 20� BB1UBK2042F 347. 373. 393. 405.48� 20� BB1UBK2048F 357. 386. 403. 417.60� 20� BB1UBK2060F 370. 399. 416. 428.72� 20� BB1UBK2072F * * * *

22�h upper back kit, fabricFor use on 50�h unit reversal atworksurface height

18� 22� BB1UBK2218F 279. 302. 315. 326.24� 22� BB1UBK2224F 294. 318. 333. 344.30� 22� BB1UBK2230F 306. 332. 347. 358.36� 22� BB1UBK2236F 335. 361. 377. 395.42� 22� BB1UBK2242F 347. 374. 395. 405.48� 22� BB1UBK2248F 357. 386. 403. 417.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Specify a paint color for the metalportion of the back which is visiblefrom the inside of the unit and afabric for the fabric insert on theback side.

Application Notes

Upper back covers a section fromthe top to the underside of a shelf orworksurface shelf.

15�h and 20�h upper backs aredesigned to work withcorresponding storage doors. Allother heights are designed to createunits with reversal at worksurface orcredenza height as noted.

60�w and 72�w upper back kits arerequired with all 60�w and 72�wupper shelf kits.

*72�w fabric backs need to bequoted as special product due torailroading of fabric.

Template

34

Page 36: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Back Kit28�h and 29�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

28�h upper back kit, fabricFor use on 50�h unit reversalat credenza height

18� 28� BB1UBK2818F $301. $323. $338. $352.24� 28� BB1UBK2824F 326. 352. 369. 379.30� 28� BB1UBK2830F 343. 371. 389. 402.36� 28� BB1UBK2836F 387. 417. 438. 453.42� 28� BB1UBK2842F 405. 440. 459. 473.48� 28� BB1UBK2848F 423. 458. 479. 495.

29�h upper back kit, fabricFor use on 57�h unit reversalat worksurface height

18� 29� BB1UBK2918F 301. 323. 338. 352.24� 29� BB1UBK2924F 326. 352. 369. 379.30� 29� BB1UBK2930F 343. 371. 389. 402.36� 29� BB1UBK2936F 387. 417. 438. 453.42� 29� BB1UBK2942F 405. 440. 459. 473.48� 29� BB1UBK2948F 423. 458. 479. 495.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Specify a paint color for the metalportion of the back which is visiblefrom the inside of the unit and afabric for the fabric insert on theback side.

Application Notes

Upper back covers a section fromthe top to the underside of a shelf orworksurface shelf.

15�h and 20�h upper backs aredesigned to work withcorresponding storage doors. Allother heights are designed to createunits with reversal at worksurface orcredenza height as noted.

Template

35

Page 37: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Back Kit35�h and 36�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

35�h upper back kit, fabricFor use on 57�h unit reversalat credenza height

18� 35� BB1UBK3518F $310. $334. $349. $361.24� 35� BB1UBK3524F 337. 364. 379. 397.30� 35� BB1UBK3530F 358. 387. 404. 418.36� 35� BB1UBK3536F 411. 442. 462. 479.42� 35� BB1UBK3542F 426. 462. 482. 500.48� 35� BB1UBK3548F 446. 482. 505. 523.

36�h upper back kit, fabricFor use on 64�h unit reversalat worksurface height

18� 36� BB1UBK3618F 310. 334. 349. 361.24� 36� BB1UBK3624F 337. 364. 379. 397.30� 36� BB1UBK3630F 358. 387. 404. 418.36� 36� BB1UBK3636F 411. 442. 462. 479.42� 36� BB1UBK3642F 426. 462. 482. 500.48� 36� BB1UBK3648F 446. 482. 505. 523.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Specify a paint color for the metalportion of the back which is visiblefrom the inside of the unit and afabric for the fabric insert on theback side.

Application Notes

Upper back covers a section fromthe top to the underside of a shelf orworksurface shelf.

15�h and 20�h upper backs aredesigned to work withcorresponding storage doors. Allother heights are designed to createunits with reversal at worksurface orcredenza height as noted.

Template

36

Page 38: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Back Kit42�h, 43�h and 49�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

42�h upper back kit, fabricFor use on 64�h unit reversalat credenza height

18� 42� BB1UBK4218F $316. $342. $358. $371.24� 42� BB1UBK4224F 349. 376. 397. 411.30� 42� BB1UBK4230F 370. 400. 418. 432.36� 42� BB1UBK4236F 428. 464. 486. 503.42� 42� BB1UBK4242F 450. 486. 508. 526.48� 42� BB1UBK4248F 469. 507. 531. 549.

43�h upper back kit, fabricFor use on 71�h unit reversalat worksurface height

18� 43� BB1UBK4318F 316. 342. 358. 371.24� 43� BB1UBK4324F 349. 376. 397. 411.30� 43� BB1UBK4330F 370. 400. 418. 432.36� 43� BB1UBK4336F 428. 464. 486. 503.42� 43� BB1UBK4342F 450. 486. 508. 526.48� 43� BB1UBK4348F 469. 507. 531. 549.

49�h upper back kit, fabricFor use on 71�h unit reversalat credenza height

18� 49� BB1UBK4918F 316. 342. 358. 371.24� 49� BB1UBK4924F 349. 376. 397. 411.30� 49� BB1UBK4930F 370. 400. 418. 432.36� 49� BB1UBK4936F 428. 464. 486. 503.42� 49� BB1UBK4942F 450. 486. 508. 526.48� 49� BB1UBK4948F 469. 507. 531. 549.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Specify a paint color for the metalportion of the back which is visiblefrom the inside of the unit and afabric for the fabric insert on theback side.

Application Notes

Upper back covers a section fromthe top to the underside of a shelf orworksurface shelf.

15�h and 20�h upper backs aredesigned to work withcorresponding storage doors. Allother heights are designed to createunits with reversal at worksurface orcredenza height as noted.

Template

37

Page 39: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Mid Back Kit57�h unit painted

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Mid back kit, directly below worksurface heightto provide alternating facing one high drawer kitsor bookcase openings.

18� 12� BB1MBK1218P $172. $190. $198.24� 12� BB1MBK1224P 175. 195. 203.30� 12� BB1MBK1230P 182. 200. 208.36� 12� BB1MBK1236P 188. 204. 214.42� 12� BB1MBK1242P 191. 210. 217.48� 12� BB1MBK1248P 195. 214. 223.

Mid back kit for 57�h unit, paintedreversal at worksurface height with15� upper storage

18� 14� BB1MBK571518WP 172. 190. 198.24� 14� BB1MBK571524WP 175. 195. 203.30� 14� BB1MBK571530WP 182. 200. 208.36� 14� BB1MBK571536WP 188. 204. 214.42� 14� BB1MBK571542WP 191. 210. 217.48� 14� BB1MBK571548WP 195. 214. 223.60� 14� BB1MBK571560WP 206. 226. 237.72� 14� BB1MBK571572WP 218. 240. 249.

Mid back kit for 57�h unit, paintedreversal at credenza height with15�h upper storage

18� 20� BB1MBK571518CP 182. 200. 208.24� 20� BB1MBK571524CP 190. 208. 216.30� 20� BB1MBK571530CP 198. 216. 226.36� 20� BB1MBK571536CP 205. 225. 237.42� 20� BB1MBK571542CP 214. 236. 246.48� 20� BB1MBK571548CP 222. 244. 255.60� 20� BB1MBK571560CP 236. 256. 267.72� 20� BB1MBK571572CP 248. 269. 281.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information Application Notes

Mid back covers a standard shelfdown to the underside of either aworksurface or credenza heightworksurface shelf.

57�h mid back only available for usewith 15�h upper storage orpass-through.

78�h mid back only available for usewith 20� upper storage orpass-through.

12�h mid back is for use directlyunder worksurface height only.

Template

38

Page 40: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Mid Back Kit64�h unit painted

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Mid back kit for 64�h unit, paintedreversal at worksurface height with15� upper storage

18� 21� BB1MBK641518WP $182. $200. $208.24� 21� BB1MBK641524WP 190. 208. 216.30� 21� BB1MBK641530WP 198. 216. 226.36� 21� BB1MBK641536WP 205. 225. 237.42� 21� BB1MBK641542WP 214. 236. 246.48� 21� BB1MBK641548WP 222. 244. 255.60� 21� BB1MBK641560WP 236. 256. 267.72� 21� BB1MBK641572WP 248. 269. 281.

Mid back kit for 64�h unit, paintedreversal at worksurface height with20� upper storage

18� 16� BB1MBK642018WP 182. 201. 210.24� 16� BB1MBK642024WP 191. 210. 217.30� 16� BB1MBK642030WP 198. 217. 228.36� 16� BB1MBK642036WP 206. 226. 238.42� 16� BB1MBK642042WP 214. 237. 248.48� 16� BB1MBK642048WP 223. 245. 256.60� 16� BB1MBK642060WP 237. 257. 269.72� 16� BB1MBK642072WP 249. 270. 282.

Mid back kit for 64�h unit, paintedreversal at credenza height with15� upper storage

18� 27� BB1MBK641518CP 197. 216. 225.24� 27� BB1MBK641524CP 211. 232. 243.30� 27� BB1MBK641530CP 224. 246. 258.36� 27� BB1MBK641536CP 239. 263. 274.42� 27� BB1MBK641542CP 252. 278. 291.48� 27� BB1MBK641548CP 266. 292. 306.60� 27� BB1MBK641560CP 279. 305. 318.72� 27� BB1MBK641572CP 292. 317. 332.

Mid back kit for 64�h unit, paintedreversal at credenza height with20� upper storage

18� 22� BB1MBK642018CP 188. 205. 214.24� 22� BB1MBK642024CP 196. 214. 224.30� 22� BB1MBK642030CP 204. 224. 236.36� 22� BB1MBK642036CP 213. 236. 246.42� 22� BB1MBK642042CP 223. 245. 256.48� 22� BB1MBK642048CP 233. 255. 266.60� 22� BB1MBK642060CP 245. 267. 279.72� 22� BB1MBK642072CP 257. 281. 292.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information Application Notes

Mid back covers a standard shelfdown to the underside of either aworksurface or credenza heightworksurface shelf.

57�h mid back only available for usewith 15�h upper storage orpass-through.

78�h mid back only available for usewith 20� upper storage orpass-through.

Template

39

Page 41: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Mid Back Kit71�h unit painted

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Mid back kit for 71�h unit, paintedreversal at worksurface height with15� upper storage

18� 28� BB1MBK711518WP $197. $216. $225.24� 28� BB1MBK711524WP 211. 232. 243.30� 28� BB1MBK711530WP 224. 246. 257.36� 28� BB1MBK711536WP 239. 263. 274.42� 28� BB1MBK711542WP 252. 278. 291.48� 28� BB1MBK711548WP 266. 292. 306.60� 28� BB1MBK711560WP 292. 317. 332.72� 28� BB1MBK711572WP 317. 343. 357.

Mid back kit for 71�h unit, paintedreversal at worksurface height with20� upper storage

18� 23� BB1MBK712018WP 188. 205. 214.24� 23� BB1MBK712024WP 196. 214. 224.30� 23� BB1MBK712030WP 204. 224. 236.36� 23� BB1MBK712036WP 213. 236. 246.42� 23� BB1MBK712042WP 223. 245. 256.48� 23� BB1MBK712048WP 233. 255. 266.60� 23� BB1MBK712060WP 257. 281. 292.72� 23� BB1MBK712072WP 284. 306. 317.

Mid back kit for 71�h unit, paintedreversal at credenza height with15� upper storage

18� 34� BB1MBK711518CP 205. 224. 236.24� 34� BB1MBK711524CP 218. 240. 250.30� 34� BB1MBK711530CP 235. 243. 266.36� 34� BB1MBK711536CP 248. 271. 284.42� 34� BB1MBK711542CP 261. 288. 299.48� 34� BB1MBK711548CP 276. 302. 315.60� 34� BB1MBK711560CP 301. 327. 339.72� 34� BB1MBK711572CP 326. 353. 365.

Mid back kit for 71�h unit, paintedreversal at credenza height with20� upper storage

18� 29� BB1MBK712018CP 198. 216. 226.24� 29� BB1MBK712024CP 212. 233. 243.30� 29� BB1MBK712030CP 225. 236. 258.36� 29� BB1MBK712036CP 240. 264. 276.42� 29� BB1MBK712042CP 254. 279. 292.48� 29� BB1MBK712048CP 267. 294. 307.60� 29� BB1MBK712060CP 293. 320. 333.72� 29� BB1MBK712072CP 318. 345. 358.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information Application Notes

Mid back covers a standard shelfdown to the underside of either aworksurface or credenza heightworksurface shelf.

57�h mid back only available for usewith 15�h upper storage orpass-through.

78�h mid back only available for usewith 20� upper storage orpass-through.

Template

40

Page 42: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Mid Back Kit78�h unit painted

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Mid back kit for 78�h unit, paintedreversal at worksurface height with20� upper storage

18� 30� BB1MBK782018WP $198. $216. $226.24� 30� BB1MBK782024WP 212. 233. 243.30� 30� BB1MBK782030WP 225. 236. 258.36� 30� BB1MBK782036WP 240. 264. 276.42� 30� BB1MBK782042WP 254. 279. 292.48� 30� BB1MBK782048WP 267. 294. 307.60� 30� BB1MBK782060WP 293. 320. 333.72� 30� BB1MBK782072WP 318. 345. 358.

Mid back kit for 78�h unit, paintedreversal at credenza height with20� upper storage

18� 36� BB1MBK782018CP 205. 224. 236.24� 36� BB1MBK782024CP 218. 240. 250.30� 36� BB1MBK782030CP 235. 243. 266.36� 36� BB1MBK782036CP 248. 271. 284.42� 36� BB1MBK782042CP 261. 288. 299.48� 36� BB1MBK782048CP 276. 302. 315.60� 36� BB1MBK782060CP 301. 327. 339.72� 36� BB1MBK782072CP 326. 353. 365.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information Application Notes

Mid back covers a standard shelfdown to the underside of either aworksurface or credenza heightworksurface shelf.

57�h mid back only available for usewith 15�h upper storage orpass-through.

78�h mid back only available for usewith 20� upper storage orpass-through.

Template

41

Page 43: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Mid Back Kit57�h unit fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

Mid back kit, directly below worksurface heightto provide alternating facing one high drawer kitsor bookcase openings

18� 12� BB1MBK1218F $277. $298. $312. $323.24� 12� BB1MBK1224F 286. 308. 322. 334.30� 12� BB1MBK1230F 292. 315. 330. 342.36� 12� BB1MBK1236F 312. 336. 352. 364.42� 12� BB1MBK1242F 318. 344. 360. 373.48� 12� BB1MBK1248F 326. 353. 369. 383.

Mid back kit for 57�h unit, fabricreversal at worksurface height with15� upper storage

18� 14� BB1MBK571518WF 277. 298. 312. 323.24� 14� BB1MBK571524WF 286. 308. 322. 334.30� 14� BB1MBK571530WF 292. 315. 330. 342.36� 14� BB1MBK571536WF 312. 336. 352. 364.42� 14� BB1MBK571542WF 318. 344. 360. 373.48� 14� BB1MBK571548WF 326. 353. 369. 383.60� 14� BB1MBK571560WF 352. 377. 389. 410.72� 14� BB1MBK571572WF * * * *

Mid back kit for 57�h unit, fabricreversal at credenza height with15� upper storage

18� 20� BB1MBK571518CF 292. 315. 330. 342.24� 20� BB1MBK571524CF 308. 333. 348. 360.30� 20� BB1MBK571530CF 321. 347. 362. 375.36� 20� BB1MBK571536CF 350. 377. 398. 412.42� 20� BB1MBK571542CF 362. 395. 412. 425.48� 20� BB1MBK571548CF 373. 403. 422. 439.60� 20� BB1MBK571560CF 400. 427. 448. 463.72� 20� BB1MBK571572CF * * * *

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Specify a paint color for the metalportion of the back which is visiblefrom the inside of the unit and afabric for the fabric insert on theback side.

Application Notes

Mid back covers a standard shelfdown to the underside of either aworksurface or credenza heightworksurface shelf.

57�h mid back only available for usewith 15�h upper storage orpass-through.

78�h mid back only available for usewith 20� upper storage orpass-through.

*72�w fabric backs need to bequoted as special product due torailroading of fabric.

12�h mid back is for use directlyunder worksurface height only.

Template

42

Page 44: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Mid Back Kit64�h unit fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

Mid back kit for 64�h unit, fabricreversal at worksurface height with15� upper storage

18� 21� BB1MBK641518WF $292. $315. $330. $342.24� 21� BB1MBK641524WF 308. 333. 348. 360.30� 21� BB1MBK641530WF 321. 347. 362. 375.36� 21� BB1MBK641536WF 350. 377. 398. 412.42� 21� BB1MBK641542WF 362. 395. 412. 425.48� 21� BB1MBK641548WF 373. 403. 422. 439.60� 21� BB1MBK641560WF 400. 427. 448. 463.72� 21� BB1MBK641572WF * * * *

Mid back kit for 64�h unit, fabricreversal at worksurface height with20� upper storage

18� 16� BB1MBK642018WF 288. 310. 324. 336.24� 16� BB1MBK642024WF 302. 326. 342. 355.30� 16� BB1MBK642030WF 312. 337. 353. 365.36� 16� BB1MBK642036WF 337. 365. 383. 397.42� 16� BB1MBK642042WF 348. 375. 396. 410.48� 16� BB1MBK642048WF 358. 389. 405. 419.60� 16� BB1MBK642060WF 384. 414. 431. 445.72� 16� BB1MBK642072WF * * * *

Mid back kit for 64�h unit, fabricreversal at credenza height with15� upper storage

18� 27� BB1MBK641518CF 313. 337. 355. 366.24� 27� BB1MBK641524CF 339. 366. 384. 399.30� 27� BB1MBK641530CF 358. 387. 405. 419.36� 27� BB1MBK641536CF 402. 436. 455. 469.42� 27� BB1MBK641542CF 422. 457. 479. 495.48� 27� BB1MBK641548CF 442. 477. 499. 515.60� 27� BB1MBK641560CF 466. 502. 524. 542.72� 27� BB1MBK641572CF * * * *

Mid back kit for 64�h unit, fabricreversal at credenza height with20� upper storage

18� 22� BB1MBK642018CF 298. 322. 336. 349.24� 22� BB1MBK642024CF 318. 344. 359. 372.30� 22� BB1MBK642030CF 333. 359. 375. 390.36� 22� BB1MBK642036CF 364. 396. 413. 425.42� 22� BB1MBK642042CF 377. 410. 426. 443.48� 22� BB1MBK642048CF 393. 412. 443. 458.60� 22� BB1MBK642060CF 417. 438. 467. 483.72� 22� BB1MBK642072CF * * * *

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Specify a paint color for the metalportion of the back which is visiblefrom the inside of the unit and afabric for the fabric insert on theback side.

Application Notes

Mid back covers a standard shelfdown to the underside of either aworksurface or credenza heightworksurface shelf.

57�h mid back only available for usewith 15�h upper storage orpass-through.

78�h mid back only available for usewith 20� upper storage orpass-through.

*72�w fabric backs need to bequoted as special product due torailroading of fabric.

Template

43

Page 45: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Mid Back Kit71�h unit fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

Mid back kit for 71�h unit, fabricreversal at worksurface height with15� upper storage

18� 28� BB1MBK711518WF $313. $337. $355. $366.24� 28� BB1MBK711524WF 339. 366. 384. 399.30� 28� BB1MBK711530WF 358. 387. 405. 419.36� 28� BB1MBK711536WF 402. 436. 455. 469.42� 28� BB1MBK711542WF 422. 457. 479. 495.48� 28� BB1MBK711548WF 442. 477. 499. 515.60� 28� BB1MBK711560WF 480. 512. 537. 552.72� 28� BB1MBK711572WF * * * *

Mid back kit for 71�h unit, fabricreversal at worksurface height with20� upper storage

18� 23� BB1MBK712018WF 298. 322. 336. 349.24� 23� BB1MBK712024WF 318. 344. 359. 372.30� 23� BB1MBK712030WF 333. 359. 375. 390.36� 23� BB1MBK712036WF 364. 396. 413. 425.42� 23� BB1MBK712042WF 377. 410. 426. 443.48� 23� BB1MBK712048WF 393. 412. 443. 458.60� 23� BB1MBK712060WF 428. 449. 481. 497.72� 23� BB1MBK712072WF * * * *

Mid back kit for 71�h unit, fabricreversal at credenza height with15� upper storage

18� 34� BB1MBK711518CF 322. 348. 362. 375.24� 34� BB1MBK711524CF 350. 376. 397. 411.30� 34� BB1MBK711530CF 369. 399. 416. 428.36� 34� BB1MBK711536CF 414. 446. 466. 483.42� 34� BB1MBK711542CF 437. 468. 491. 507.48� 34� BB1MBK711548CF 454. 490. 510. 529.60� 34� BB1MBK711560CF 491. 528. 549. 567.72� 34� BB1MBK711572CF * * * *

Mid back kit for 71�h unit, fabricreversal at credenza height with20� upper storage

18� 29� BB1MBK712018CF 317. 343. 358. 371.24� 29� BB1MBK712024CF 345. 372. 391. 404.30� 29� BB1MBK712030CF 362. 395. 412. 424.36� 29� BB1MBK712036CF 410. 442. 462. 479.42� 29� BB1MBK712042CF 428. 464. 486. 503.48� 29� BB1MBK712048CF 448. 485. 506. 524.60� 29� BB1MBK712060CF 486. 523. 545. 563.72� 29� BB1MBK712072CF * * * *

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Specify a paint color for the metalportion of the back which is visiblefrom the inside of the unit and afabric for the fabric insert on theback side.

Application Notes

Mid back covers a standard shelfdown to the underside of either aworksurface or credenza heightworksurface shelf.

57�h mid back only available for usewith 15�h upper storage orpass-through.

78�h mid back only available for usewith 20� upper storage orpass-through.

*72�w fabric backs need to bequoted as special product due torailroading of fabric.

Template

44

Page 46: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Mid Back Kit78�h unit fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

Mid back kit for 78�h unit, fabricreversal at worksurface height with20� upper storage

18� 30� BB1MBK782018WF $317. $343. $358. $371.24� 30� BB1MBK782024WF 345. 372. 391. 404.30� 30� BB1MBK782030WF 362. 395. 412. 424.36� 30� BB1MBK782036WF 410. 442. 462. 479.42� 30� BB1MBK782042WF 428. 464. 486. 503.48� 30� BB1MBK782048WF 448. 485. 506. 524.60� 30� BB1MBK782060WF 486. 523. 545. 563.72� 30� BB1MBK782072WF * * * *

Mid back kit for 78�h unit, fabricreversal at credenza height with20� upper storage

18� 36� BB1MBK782018CF 324. 350. 365. 377.24� 36� BB1MBK782024CF 353. 378. 399. 413.30� 36� BB1MBK782030CF 371. 401. 418. 432.36� 36� BB1MBK782036CF 416. 449. 468. 486.42� 36� BB1MBK782042CF 439. 470. 494. 509.48� 36� BB1MBK782048CF 456. 492. 512. 531.60� 36� BB1MBK782060CF 494. 530. 551. 570.72� 36� BB1MBK782072CF * * * *

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Specify a paint color for the metalportion of the back which is visiblefrom the inside of the unit and afabric for the fabric insert on theback side.

Application Notes

Mid back covers a standard shelfdown to the underside of either aworksurface or credenza heightworksurface shelf.

57�h mid back only available for usewith 15�h upper storage orpass-through.

78�h mid back only available for usewith 20� upper storage orpass-through.

*72�w fabric backs need to bequoted as special product due torailroading of fabric.

Template

45

Page 47: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Full Height Inside Back Inserts16�h to 50�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

16�h full height inside back insert, fabric 18� 1/2� 16� BC1FFINS1618 $111. $122. $129. $133.24� 1/2� 16� BC1FFINS1624 132. 144. 150. 156.30� 1/2� 16� BC1FFINS1630 147. 159. 166. 172.36� 1/2� 16� BC1FFINS1636 159. 172. 181. 188.42� 1/2� 16� BC1FFINS1642 164. 179. 189. 195.48� 1/2� 16� BC1FFINS1648 173. 190. 198. 204.

22�h full height inside back insert, fabric 18� 1/2� 22� BC1FFINS2218 117. 129. 133. 138.24� 1/2� 22� BC1FFINS2224 137. 149. 155. 161.30� 1/2� 22� BC1FFINS2230 151. 163. 171. 176.36� 1/2� 22� BC1FFINS2236 163. 176. 186. 192.42� 1/2� 22� BC1FFINS2242 170. 184. 193. 200.48� 1/2� 22� BC1FFINS2248 179. 195. 203. 210.

25�h Antenna full height inside back insert,fabric

18� 1/2� 25� BC1FFINS2518 123. 134. 141. 147.24� 1/2� 25� BC1FFINS2524 142. 154. 161. 166.30� 1/2� 25� BC1FFINS2530 156. 169. 175. 183.36� 1/2� 25� BC1FFINS2536 169. 183. 192. 198.42� 1/2� 25� BC1FFINS2542 175. 192. 200. 206.48� 1/2� 25� BC1FFINS2548 184. 200. 208. 215.

28�h full height inside back insert, fabric 18� 1/2� 28� BC1FFINS2818 123. 134. 141. 147.23� 1/2� 28� BC1FFINS2823 141. 152. 160. 164.24� 1/2� 28� BC1FFINS2824 142. 154. 161. 166.29� 1/2� 28� BC1FFINS2829 155. 168. 174. 182.30� 1/2� 28� BC1FFINS2830 156. 169. 175. 183.36� 1/2� 28� BC1FFINS2836 169. 183. 192. 198.42� 1/2� 28� BC1FFINS2842 175. 192. 200. 206.48� 1/2� 28� BC1FFINS2848 184. 200. 208. 215.

42�h full height inside back insert, fabric 15� 1/2� 42� BC1FFINS4215 138. 150. 158. 162.18� 1/2� 42� BC1FFINS4218 138. 150. 158. 162.24� 1/2� 42� BC1FFINS4224 156. 169. 175. 183.30� 1/2� 42� BC1FFINS4230 171. 186. 195. 201.36� 1/2� 42� BC1FFINS4236 192. 206. 216. 224.42� 1/2� 42� BC1FFINS4242 217. 237. 248. 256.48� 1/2� 42� BC1FFINS4248 226. 246. 257. 266.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Fabric inside back inserts only workwith painted or fabric backs of thesame type and size.

Application Notes

Inside back insert kits includefabric insert(s) that may be placedon the interior of a back matchingthe type and size of the insertspecified.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

71�h and 78�h inside back insert kitincludes two inserts to match thesegmented back in those heights.

Template

46

Page 48: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Full Height Inside Back Inserts16�h to 50�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

50�h full height inside back insert, fabric 15� 1/2� 50� BC1FFINS5015 $152. $164. $172. $179.18� 1/2� 50� BC1FFINS5018 152. 164. 172. 179.24� 1/2� 50� BC1FFINS5024 169. 183. 192. 198.30� 1/2� 50� BC1FFINS5030 192. 206. 216. 224.36� 1/2� 50� BC1FFINS5036 218. 238. 249. 257.42� 1/2� 50� BC1FFINS5042 243. 263. 274. 285.48� 1/2� 50� BC1FFINS5048 266. 289. 302. 312.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Fabric inside back inserts only workwith painted or fabric backs of thesame type and size.

Application Notes

Inside back insert kits includefabric insert(s) that may be placedon the interior of a back matchingthe type and size of the insertspecified.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

71�h and 78�h inside back insert kitincludes two inserts to match thesegmented back in those heights.

Template

47

Page 49: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Full Height Inside Back Inserts57�h to 78�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

57�h full height inside back insert, fabric 15� 1/2� 57� BC1FFINS5715 $159. $171. $181. $188.18� 1/2� 57� BC1FFINS5718 159. 171. 181. 188.24� 1/2� 57� BC1FFINS5724 176. 193. 202. 208.30� 1/2� 57� BC1FFINS5730 204. 219. 232. 240.36� 1/2� 57� BC1FFINS5736 226. 246. 257. 266.42� 1/2� 57� BC1FFINS5742 251. 271. 285. 294.48� 1/2� 57� BC1FFINS5748 276. 298. 312. 322.

64�h full height inside back insert, fabric 15� 1/2� 64� BC1FFINS6415 186. 201. 210. 216.18� 1/2� 64� BC1FFINS6418 186. 201. 210. 216.24� 1/2� 64� BC1FFINS6424 201. 216. 226. 236.30� 1/2� 64� BC1FFINS6430 237. 255. 267. 277.36� 1/2� 64� BC1FFINS6436 263. 285. 296. 308.42� 1/2� 64� BC1FFINS6442 286. 308. 323. 335.48� 1/2� 64� BC1FFINS6448 311. 336. 352. 364.

71�h full height inside back insert, fabric 15� 1/2� 71� BC1FFINS7115 201. 216. 226. 236.18� 1/2� 71� BC1FFINS7118 201. 216. 226. 236.24� 1/2� 71� BC1FFINS7124 215. 235. 244. 252.30� 1/2� 71� BC1FFINS7130 251. 271. 285. 294.36� 1/2� 71� BC1FFINS7136 251. 271. 285. 294.42� 1/2� 71� BC1FFINS7142 302. 326. 342. 355.48� 1/2� 71� BC1FFINS7148 326. 353. 370. 383.

78�h full height inside back insert, fabric 18� 1/2� 78� BC1FFINS7818 215. 235. 244. 252.24� 1/2� 78� BC1FFINS7824 252. 272. 286. 295.30� 1/2� 78� BC1FFINS7830 286. 308. 323. 335.36� 1/2� 78� BC1FFINS7836 318. 344. 360. 373.42� 1/2� 78� BC1FFINS7842 355. 384. 402. 416.48� 1/2� 78� BC1FFINS7848 389. 419. 440. 455.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Fabric inside back inserts only workwith painted or fabric backs of thesame type and size.

Application Notes

Inside back insert kits includefabric insert(s) that may be placedon the interior of a back matchingthe type and size of the insertspecified.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

71�h and 78�h inside back insert kitincludes two inserts to match thesegmented back in those heights.

Template

48

Page 50: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Full Height Inside Back Inserts16�h to 50�h veneer

description w d h pattern no. V1 V2 V3

16�h full height inside back insert, veneer 18� 1/2� 16� BC1FVINS1618 $152. $174. $237.24� 1/2� 16� BC1FVINS1624 168. 193. 259.30� 1/2� 16� BC1FVINS1630 186. 213. 288.36� 1/2� 16� BC1FVINS1636 204. 236. 316.42� 1/2� 16� BC1FVINS1642 224. 257. 348.48� 1/2� 16� BC1FVINS1648 248. 285. 384.

22�h full height inside back insert, veneer 18� 1/2� 22� BC1FVINS2218 158. 181. 243.24� 1/2� 22� BC1FVINS2224 172. 198. 266.30� 1/2� 22� BC1FVINS2230 191. 217. 294.36� 1/2� 22� BC1FVINS2236 210. 242. 324.42� 1/2� 22� BC1FVINS2242 230. 264. 356.48� 1/2� 22� BC1FVINS2248 252. 291. 395.

25�h Antenna full height inside back insert,veneer

18� 1/2� 25� BC1FVINS2518 164. 190. 255.24� 1/2� 25� BC1FVINS2524 200. 228. 308.30� 1/2� 25� BC1FVINS2530 242. 277. 373.36� 1/2� 25� BC1FVINS2536 265. 305. 413.42� 1/2� 25� BC1FVINS2542 292. 335. 454.48� 1/2� 25� BC1FVINS2548 320. 369. 498.

28�h full height inside back insert, veneer 18� 1/2� 28� BC1FVINS2818 164. 190. 255.23� 1/2� 28� BC1FVINS2823 182. 208. 281.24� 1/2� 28� BC1FVINS2824 200. 228. 308.29� 1/2� 28� BC1FVINS2829 218. 252. 339.30� 1/2� 28� BC1FVINS2830 242. 277. 373.36� 1/2� 28� BC1FVINS2836 265. 305. 413.42� 1/2� 28� BC1FVINS2842 292. 335. 454.48� 1/2� 28� BC1FVINS2848 320. 369. 498.

42�h full height inside back insert, veneer 15� 1/2� 42� BC1FVINS4215 191. 217. 294.18� 1/2� 42� BC1FVINS4218 191. 217. 294.24� 1/2� 42� BC1FVINS4224 210. 242. 324.30� 1/2� 42� BC1FVINS4230 230. 264. 356.36� 1/2� 42� BC1FVINS4236 252. 291. 395.42� 1/2� 42� BC1FVINS4242 278. 320. 432.48� 1/2� 42� BC1FVINS4248 306. 352. 477.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Veneer inside back inserts onlywork with painted backs of the sametype and size.

Grain pattern is vertical.

Application Notes

Inside back insert kits includeveneer insert(s) that may be placedon the interior of a back matchingthe type and size of the insertspecified.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

Template

49

Page 51: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Full Height Inside Back Inserts16�h to 50�h veneer

description w d h pattern no. V1 V2 V3

50�h full height inside back insert, veneer 15� 1/2� 50� BC1FVINS5015 $201. $232. $311.18� 1/2� 50� BC1FVINS5018 201. 232. 311.24� 1/2� 50� BC1FVINS5024 219. 254. 343.30� 1/2� 50� BC1FVINS5030 243. 279. 376.36� 1/2� 50� BC1FVINS5036 266. 306. 414.42� 1/2� 50� BC1FVINS5042 293. 337. 457.48� 1/2� 50� BC1FVINS5048 330. 378. 511.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Veneer inside back inserts onlywork with painted backs of the sametype and size.

Grain pattern is vertical.

Application Notes

Inside back insert kits includeveneer insert(s) that may be placedon the interior of a back matchingthe type and size of the insertspecified.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

Template

50

Page 52: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Full Height Inside Back Inserts57�h to 78�h veneer

description w d h pattern no. V1 V2 V3

57�h full height inside back insert, veneer 15� 1/2� 57� BC1FVINS5715 $219. $254. $343.18� 1/2� 57� BC1FVINS5718 243. 279. 376.24� 1/2� 57� BC1FVINS5724 266. 306. 414.30� 1/2� 57� BC1FVINS5730 293. 337. 457.36� 1/2� 57� BC1FVINS5736 322. 371. 502.42� 1/2� 57� BC1FVINS5742 356. 411. 551.48� 1/2� 57� BC1FVINS5748 391. 449. 605.

64�h full height inside back insert, veneer 15� 1/2� 64� BC1FVINS6415 243. 279. 376.18� 1/2� 64� BC1FVINS6418 266. 306. 414.24� 1/2� 64� BC1FVINS6424 293. 337. 457.30� 1/2� 64� BC1FVINS6430 322. 371. 502.36� 1/2� 64� BC1FVINS6436 355. 410. 550.42� 1/2� 64� BC1FVINS6442 391. 449. 605.48� 1/2� 64� BC1FVINS6448 428. 495. 668.

71�h full height inside back insert, veneer 15� 1/2� 71� BC1FVINS7115 266. 306. 414.18� 1/2� 71� BC1FVINS7118 293. 337. 457.24� 1/2� 71� BC1FVINS7124 322. 371. 502.30� 1/2� 71� BC1FVINS7130 355. 410. 550.36� 1/2� 71� BC1FVINS7136 391. 449. 605.42� 1/2� 71� BC1FVINS7142 428. 495. 668.48� 1/2� 71� BC1FVINS7148 470. 544. 733.

78�h full height inside back insert, veneer 18� 1/2� 78� BC1FVINS7818 293. 337. 457.24� 1/2� 78� BC1FVINS7824 322. 371. 502.30� 1/2� 78� BC1FVINS7830 355. 410. 550.36� 1/2� 78� BC1FVINS7836 391. 449. 605.42� 1/2� 78� BC1FVINS7842 428. 495. 668.48� 1/2� 78� BC1FVINS7848 478. 548. 742.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Veneer inside back inserts onlywork with painted backs of the sametype and size.

Grain pattern is vertical.

Application Notes

Inside back insert kits includeveneer insert(s) that may be placedon the interior of a back matchingthe type and size of the insertspecified.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

71�h and 78�h inside back insert kitincludes two inserts to match thesegmented back in those heights.

Template

51

Page 53: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Lower Inside Back Inserts42�h, 44�h and 49�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

42�h lower inside back insert, fabricFor use on 57�h unit with 15�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 1/2� 42� BC1LFINS4218 $134. $147. $152. $158.24� 1/2� 42� BC1LFINS4224 151. 163. 171. 176.30� 1/2� 42� BC1LFINS4230 166. 181. 189. 196.36� 1/2� 42� BC1LFINS4236 192. 206. 216. 224.42� 1/2� 42� BC1LFINS4242 211. 228. 239. 248.48� 1/2� 42� BC1LFINS4248 216. 236. 246. 254.

44�h lower inside back insert, fabricFor use on 64�h unit with 20�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 1/2� 44� BC1LFINS4418 134. 147. 152. 158.24� 1/2� 44� BC1LFINS4424 152. 164. 172. 179.30� 1/2� 44� BC1LFINS4430 152. 164. 172. 179.36� 1/2� 44� BC1LFINS4436 195. 211. 218. 226.42� 1/2� 44� BC1LFINS4442 213. 232. 242. 250.48� 1/2� 44� BC1LFINS4448 218. 238. 249. 257.

49�h lower inside back insert, fabricFor use on 64�h unit with 15�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 1/2� 49� BC1LFINS4918 141. 152. 160. 164.24� 1/2� 49� BC1LFINS4924 159. 172. 181. 188.30� 1/2� 49� BC1LFINS4930 169. 183. 192. 198.36� 1/2� 49� BC1LFINS4936 206. 223. 236. 243.42� 1/2� 49� BC1LFINS4942 215. 235. 244. 252.48� 1/2� 49� BC1LFINS4948 222. 240. 251. 259.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Fabric inside back inserts only workwith painted or fabric backs of thesame type and size.

Application Notes

Inside back insert kits includefabric insert(s) that may be placedon the interior of a back matchingthe type and size of the insertspecified.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

Template

52

Page 54: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Lower Inside Back Inserts51�h, 56�h and 58�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

51�h lower inside back insert, fabricFor use on 71�h unit with 20�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 1/2� 51� BC1LFINS5118 $146. $158. $163. $170.24� 1/2� 51� BC1LFINS5124 164. 179. 188. 193.30� 1/2� 51� BC1LFINS5130 174. 190. 198. 205.36� 1/2� 51� BC1LFINS5136 218. 238. 249. 257.42� 1/2� 51� BC1LFINS5142 228. 248. 258. 267.48� 1/2� 51� BC1LFINS5148 255. 276. 289. 298.

56�h lower inside back insert, fabricFor use on 71�h unit with 15�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 1/2� 56� BC1LFINS5618 148. 160. 166. 172.24� 1/2� 56� BC1LFINS5624 169. 183. 192. 198.30� 1/2� 56� BC1LFINS5630 182. 197. 205. 213.36� 1/2� 56� BC1LFINS5636 228. 248. 258. 267.42� 1/2� 56� BC1LFINS5642 238. 256. 269. 278.48� 1/2� 56� BC1LFINS5648 261. 284. 295. 306.

58�h lower inside back insert, fabricFor use on 78�h unit with 20�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 1/2� 58� BC1LFINS5818 150. 162. 170. 174.24� 1/2� 58� BC1LFINS5824 170. 184. 193. 200.30� 1/2� 58� BC1LFINS5830 186. 201. 210. 216.36� 1/2� 58� BC1LFINS5836 235. 252. 264. 274.42� 1/2� 58� BC1LFINS5842 244. 264. 276. 286.48� 1/2� 58� BC1LFINS5848 265. 288. 301. 311.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Fabric inside back inserts only workwith painted or fabric backs of thesame type and size.

Application Notes

Inside back insert kits includefabric insert(s) that may be placedon the interior of a back matchingthe type and size of the insertspecified.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

Template

53

Page 55: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Lower Inside Back Inserts42�h, 44�h and 49�h veneer

description w d h pattern no. V1 V2 V3

42�h lower inside back insert, veneerFor use on 57�h unit with 15�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 1/2� 42� BC1LVINS4218 $191. $217. $294.24� 1/2� 42� BC1LVINS4224 210. 242. 324.30� 1/2� 42� BC1LVINS4230 230. 264. 356.36� 1/2� 42� BC1LVINS4236 252. 291. 395.42� 1/2� 42� BC1LVINS4242 278. 320. 432.48� 1/2� 42� BC1LVINS4248 306. 352. 477.

44�h lower inside back insert, veneerFor use on 64�h unit with 20�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 1/2� 44� BC1LVINS4418 210. 242. 324.24� 1/2� 44� BC1LVINS4424 230. 264. 356.30� 1/2� 44� BC1LVINS4430 252. 291. 395.36� 1/2� 44� BC1LVINS4436 278. 320. 432.42� 1/2� 44� BC1LVINS4442 306. 352. 477.48� 1/2� 44� BC1LVINS4448 336. 389. 523.

49�h lower inside back insert, veneerFor use on 64�h unit with 15�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 1/2� 49� BC1LVINS4918 230. 264. 356.24� 1/2� 49� BC1LVINS4924 252. 291. 395.30� 1/2� 49� BC1LVINS4930 278. 320. 432.36� 1/2� 49� BC1LVINS4936 306. 352. 477.42� 1/2� 49� BC1LVINS4942 336. 389. 523.48� 1/2� 49� BC1LVINS4948 370. 425. 574.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Veneer inside back inserts onlywork with painted backs of the sametype and size.

Grain pattern is vertical.

Application Notes

Inside back insert kits includeveneer insert(s) that may be placedon the interior of a back matchingthe type and size of the insertspecified.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

Template

54

Page 56: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Lower Inside Back Inserts51�h, 56�h and 58�h veneer

description w d h pattern no. V1 V2 V3

51�h lower inside back insert, veneerFor use on 71�h unit with 20�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 1/2� 51� BC1LVINS5118 $204. $236. $316.24� 1/2� 51� BC1LVINS5124 224. 257. 348.30� 1/2� 51� BC1LVINS5130 248. 285. 384.36� 1/2� 51� BC1LVINS5136 271. 312. 422.42� 1/2� 51� BC1LVINS5142 298. 343. 463.48� 1/2� 51� BC1LVINS5148 329. 377. 510.

56�h lower inside back insert, veneerFor use on 71�h unit with 15�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 1/2� 56� BC1LVINS5618 219. 254. 343.24� 1/2� 56� BC1LVINS5624 243. 279. 376.30� 1/2� 56� BC1LVINS5630 266. 306. 414.36� 1/2� 56� BC1LVINS5636 293. 337. 457.42� 1/2� 56� BC1LVINS5642 322. 371. 502.48� 1/2� 56� BC1LVINS5648 356. 411. 551.

58�h lower inside back insert, veneerFor use on 78�h unit with 20�h toppass-through or reversed storage

18� 1/2� 58� BC1LVINS5818 243. 279. 376.24� 1/2� 58� BC1LVINS5824 266. 306. 414.30� 1/2� 58� BC1LVINS5830 293. 337. 457.36� 1/2� 58� BC1LVINS5836 322. 371. 502.42� 1/2� 58� BC1LVINS5842 355. 410. 550.48� 1/2� 58� BC1LVINS5848 391. 449. 605.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Veneer inside back inserts onlywork with painted backs of the sametype and size.

Grain pattern is vertical.

Application Notes

Inside back insert kits includeveneer insert(s) that may be placedon the interior of a back matchingthe type and size of the insertspecified.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

Template

55

Page 57: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Inside Back Inserts14�h, 15�h, 20�h and 22�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

14�h upper inside back insert, fabricFor use on 42�h unit with reversal atworksurface height(not compatible with 15�h door components)

18� 1/2� 14� BC1UFINS1418 $80. $85. $90. $92.24� 1/2� 14� BC1UFINS1424 84. 91. 95. 98.30� 1/2� 14� BC1UFINS1430 89. 96. 102. 105.36� 1/2� 14� BC1UFINS1436 93. 102. 107. 110.42� 1/2� 14� BC1UFINS1442 96. 106. 109. 112.48� 1/2� 14� BC1UFINS1448 103. 111. 117. 120.

15�h upper inside back insert, fabricFor use on 57�h and taller units withpass-through or reversed shelf storage below(compatible with all 15�h door kits)

18� 1/2� 15� BC1UFINS1518 81. 88. 91. 93.24� 1/2� 15� BC1UFINS1524 85. 92. 96. 100.30� 1/2� 15� BC1UFINS1530 90. 97. 103. 107.36� 1/2� 15� BC1UFINS1536 95. 103. 108. 111.42� 1/2� 15� BC1UFINS1542 97. 107. 111. 116.48� 1/2� 15� BC1UFINS1548 105. 112. 118. 122.60� 1/2� 15� BC1UFINS1560 117. 125. 132. 135.72� 1/2� 15� BC1UFINS1572 * * * *

20�h upper inside back insert, fabricFor use on 57�h and taller units withpass-through or reversed shelf storage below(compatible with all 20�h door kits)

18� 1/2� 20� BC1UFINS2018 107. 116. 120. 125.24� 1/2� 20� BC1UFINS2024 100. 109. 114. 118.30� 1/2� 20� BC1UFINS2030 110. 119. 125. 131.36� 1/2� 20� BC1UFINS2036 119. 131. 137. 141.42� 1/2� 20� BC1UFINS2042 124. 135. 142. 148.48� 1/2� 20� BC1UFINS2048 132. 144. 150. 155.60� 1/2� 20� BC1UFINS2060 146. 156. 162. 168.72� 1/2� 20� BC1UFINS2072 * * * *

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Fabric inside back inserts only workwith painted or fabric backs of thesame type and size unless insideinsert support kit is specified.

Application Information

An inside insert support kit(BC1FINSCLIP, $53 list) isavailable to support an inside insertfrom the back of a worksurface shelfor veneer standard shelf.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

*72�w fabric backs need to bequoted as special product due torailroading of fabric.

Template

56

Page 58: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Inside Back Inserts14�h, 15�h, 20�h and 22�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

22�h upper inside back insert, fabricFor use on 50�h unit reversal atworksurface height

18� 1/2� 22� BC1UFINS2218 $117. $129. $133. $138.24� 1/2� 22� BC1UFINS2224 110. 119. 125. 131.30� 1/2� 22� BC1UFINS2230 122. 133. 139. 146.36� 1/2� 22� BC1UFINS2236 133. 146. 151. 156.42� 1/2� 22� BC1UFINS2242 138. 150. 158. 162.48� 1/2� 22� BC1UFINS2248 146. 158. 163. 170.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Fabric inside back inserts only workwith painted or fabric backs of thesame type and size unless insideinsert support kit is specified.

Application Information

An inside insert support kit(BC1FINSCLIP, $53 list) isavailable to support an inside insertfrom the back of a worksurface shelfor veneer standard shelf.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

*72�w fabric backs need to bequoted as special product due torailroading of fabric.

Template

57

Page 59: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Inside Back Inserts28�h, 29�h, 35�h and 36�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

28�h upper inside back insert, fabricFor use on 50�h unit reversal atcredenza height

18� 1/2� 28� BC1UFINS2818 $129. $138. $146. $150.24� 1/2� 28� BC1UFINS2824 142. 154. 161. 166.30� 1/2� 28� BC1UFINS2830 158. 170. 176. 184.36� 1/2� 28� BC1UFINS2836 170. 184. 193. 200.42� 1/2� 28� BC1UFINS2842 176. 193. 202. 208.48� 1/2� 28� BC1UFINS2848 186. 201. 210. 216.

29�h upper inside back insert, fabricFor use on 50�h unit reversal atworksurface height

18� 1/2� 29� BC1UFINS2918 129. 138. 146. 150.24� 1/2� 29� BC1UFINS2924 142. 154. 161. 166.30� 1/2� 29� BC1UFINS2930 158. 170. 176. 184.36� 1/2� 29� BC1UFINS2936 170. 184. 193. 200.42� 1/2� 29� BC1UFINS2942 176. 193. 202. 208.48� 1/2� 29� BC1UFINS2948 186. 201. 210. 216.

35�h upper inside back insert, fabricFor use on 50�h unit reversal atcredenza height

18� 1/2� 35� BC1UFINS3518 134. 147. 152. 158.24� 1/2� 35� BC1UFINS3524 150. 162. 170. 174.30� 1/2� 35� BC1UFINS3530 164. 179. 188. 193.36� 1/2� 35� BC1UFINS3536 182. 197. 205. 213.42� 1/2� 35� BC1UFINS3542 189. 203. 213. 218.48� 1/2� 35� BC1UFINS3548 196. 212. 219. 230.

Order Code

Example:

Specificaiton Information

Fabric inside back inserts only workwith painted or fabric backs of thesame type and size unless insideinsert support kit is specified.

Application Notes

An inside insert support kit(BC1FINSCLIP, $53 list) isavailable to support an inside insertfrom the back of a worksurface shelfor veneer standard shelf.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

Template

58

Page 60: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Inside Back Inserts28�h, 29�h, 35�h and 36�h fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

36�h upper inside back insert, fabricFor use on 64�h unit reversal atworksurface height

18� 1/2� 36� BC1UFINS3618 $134. $147. $152. $158.24� 1/2� 36� BC1UFINS3624 150. 162. 170. 174.30� 1/2� 36� BC1UFINS3630 164. 179. 188. 193.36� 1/2� 36� BC1UFINS3636 182. 197. 205. 213.42� 1/2� 36� BC1UFINS3642 189. 203. 213. 218.48� 1/2� 36� BC1UFINS3648 196. 212. 219. 230.

Order Code

Example:

Specificaiton Information

Fabric inside back inserts only workwith painted or fabric backs of thesame type and size unless insideinsert support kit is specified.

Application Notes

An inside insert support kit(BC1FINSCLIP, $53 list) isavailable to support an inside insertfrom the back of a worksurface shelfor veneer standard shelf.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

Template

59

Page 61: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Inside Back Inserts42�h, 43�h and 49�h fabric

description w d he pattern no. 10 20 30 40

42�h upper inside back insert, fabricFor use on 64�h unit reversal atcredenza height

18� 1/2� 42� BC1UFINS4218 $142. $154. $159. $166.24� 1/2� 42� BC1UFINS4224 156. 169. 175. 183.30� 1/2� 42� BC1UFINS4230 171. 186. 195. 201.36� 1/2� 42� BC1UFINS4236 192. 206. 216. 224.42� 1/2� 42� BC1UFINS4242 217. 237. 248. 256.48� 1/2� 42� BC1UFINS4248 226. 246. 257. 266.

43�h upper inside back insert, fabricFor use on 71�h unit reversal atworksurface height

18� 1/2� 43� BC1UFINS4318 142. 154. 161. 166.24� 1/2� 43� BC1UFINS4324 156. 169. 175. 183.30� 1/2� 43� BC1UFINS4330 171. 186. 195. 201.36� 1/2� 43� BC1UFINS4336 192. 206. 216. 224.42� 1/2� 43� BC1UFINS4342 217. 237. 248. 256.48� 1/2� 43� BC1UFINS4348 226. 246. 257. 266.

49�h upper inside back insert, fabricFor use on 71�h unit reversal atcredenza height

18� 1/2� 49� BC1UFINS4918 148. 159. 166. 172.24� 1/2� 49� BC1UFINS4924 161. 174. 183. 190.30� 1/2� 49� BC1UFINS4930 176. 192. 201. 206.36� 1/2� 49� BC1UFINS4936 198. 214. 224. 233.42� 1/2� 49� BC1UFINS4942 225. 244. 256. 265.48� 1/2� 49� BC1UFINS4948 236. 255. 266. 276.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Fabric inside back inserts only workwith painted or fabric backs of thesame type and size unless insideinsert support kit is specified.

Application Notes

An inside insert support kit(BC1FINSCLIP, $53 list) isavailable to support an inside insertfrom the back of a worksurface shelfor veneer standard shelf.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

Template

60

Page 62: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Inside Back Inserts14�h, 15�h, 20�h and 22�h veneer

description w d h pattern no. V1 V2 V3

14�h upper inside back insert, veneerFor use on 42�h unit reversal at worksurfaceheight (not compatible with 15�h doorcomponents)

18� 1/2� 14� BC1UVINS1418 $155. $176. $240.24� 1/2� 14� BC1UVINS1424 158. 181. 243.30� 1/2� 14� BC1UVINS1430 172. 198. 266.36� 1/2� 14� BC1UVINS1436 191. 217. 294.42� 1/2� 14� BC1UVINS1442 210. 242. 324.48� 1/2� 14� BC1UVINS1448 230. 264. 356.

15�h upper inside back insert, veneerFor use on 57�h and taller units withpass-through or reversed shelf storage below(compatible with all 15�h door kits)

18� 1/2� 15� BC1UVINS1518 155. 176. 240.24� 1/2� 15� BC1UVINS1524 158. 181. 243.30� 1/2� 15� BC1UVINS1530 172. 198. 266.36� 1/2� 15� BC1UVINS1536 191. 217. 294.42� 1/2� 15� BC1UVINS1542 210. 242. 324.48� 1/2� 15� BC1UVINS1548 230. 264. 356.60� 1/2� 15� BC1UVINS1560 249. 288. 390.72� 1/2� 15� BC1UVINS1572 252. 291. 395.

20�h upper inside back insert, veneerFor use on 57�h and taller units withpass-through or reversed shelf storage below(compatible with all 20�h door kits)

18� 1/2� 20� BC1UVINS2018 159. 183. 246.24� 1/2� 20� BC1UVINS2024 173. 200. 269.30� 1/2� 20� BC1UVINS2030 192. 219. 298.36� 1/2� 20� BC1UVINS2036 211. 243. 327.42� 1/2� 20� BC1UVINS2042 233. 266. 359.48� 1/2� 20� BC1UVINS2048 255. 293. 398.60� 1/2� 20� BC1UVINS2060 274. 316. 428.72� 1/2� 20� BC1UVINS2072 281. 322. 438.

22�h upper inside back insert, veneerFor use on 50�h unit reversal at worksurfaceheight.

18� 1/2� 22� BC1UVINS2218 161. 186. 250.24� 1/2� 22� BC1UVINS2224 176. 204. 276.30� 1/2� 22� BC1UVINS2230 195. 223. 301.36� 1/2� 22� BC1UVINS2236 214. 246. 333.42� 1/2� 22� BC1UVINS2242 236. 270. 364.48� 1/2� 22� BC1UVINS2248 258. 296. 402.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Veneer inside back inserts onlywork with painted backs of the sametype and size unless inside insertsupport kit is specified.

Grain direction is vertical.

Application Notes

An inside insert support kit(BC1FINSCLIP, $53 list) isavailable to support an inside insertfrom the back of a worksurface shelfor veneer standard shelf.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

Template

61

Page 63: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Inside Back Inserts28�h, 29�h, 35�h and 36�h veneer

description w d h pattern no. V1 V2 V3

28�h upper inside back insert, veneerFor use on 50�h unit reversal at credenza height

18� 1/2� 28� BC1UVINS2818 $164. $190. $255.24� 1/2� 28� BC1UVINS2824 182. 208. 281.30� 1/2� 28� BC1UVINS2830 200. 228. 308.36� 1/2� 28� BC1UVINS2836 218. 252. 339.42� 1/2� 28� BC1UVINS2842 242. 277. 373.48� 1/2� 28� BC1UVINS2848 265. 305. 413.

29�h upper inside back insert, veneerFor use on 57�h unit reversal at worksurfaceheight

18� 1/2� 29� BC1UVINS2918 166. 192. 258.24� 1/2� 29� BC1UVINS2924 183. 210. 282.30� 1/2� 29� BC1UVINS2930 201. 232. 311.36� 1/2� 29� BC1UVINS2936 219. 254. 343.42� 1/2� 29� BC1UVINS2942 243. 279. 376.48� 1/2� 29� BC1UVINS2948 266. 306. 414.

35�h upper inside back insert, veneerFor use on 57�h unit reversal at credenza height

18� 1/2� 35� BC1UVINS3518 172. 198. 266.24� 1/2� 35� BC1UVINS3524 191. 217. 294.30� 1/2� 35� BC1UVINS3530 208. 239. 321.36� 1/2� 35� BC1UVINS3536 230. 264. 356.42� 1/2� 35� BC1UVINS3542 252. 291. 395.48� 1/2� 35� BC1UVINS3548 277. 318. 431.

36�h upper inside back insert, veneerFor use on 64�h unit reversal at worksurfaceheight

18� 1/2� 36� BC1UVINS3618 173. 200. 269.24� 1/2� 36� BC1UVINS3624 192. 219. 298.30� 1/2� 36� BC1UVINS3630 211. 243. 327.36� 1/2� 36� BC1UVINS3636 232. 265. 358.42� 1/2� 36� BC1UVINS3642 254. 292. 396.48� 1/2� 36� BC1UVINS3648 279. 321. 436.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Veneer inside back inserts onlywork with painted backs of the sametype and size unless inside insertsupport kit is specified.

Grain direction is vertical.

Application Notes

An inside insert support kit(BC1FINSCLIP, $53 list) isavailable to support an inside insertfrom the back of a worksurface shelfor veneer standard shelf.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

Template

62

Page 64: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Inside Back Inserts42�h, 43�h and 49�h veneer

description w d h pattern no. V1 V2 V3

42�h upper inside back insert, veneerFor use on 64�h unit reversal at credenza height

18� 1/2� 42� BC1UVINS4218 $182. $208. $281.24� 1/2� 42� BC1UVINS4224 200. 228. 308.30� 1/2� 42� BC1UVINS4230 218. 252. 339.36� 1/2� 42� BC1UVINS4236 242. 277. 373.42� 1/2� 42� BC1UVINS4242 265. 305. 413.48� 1/2� 42� BC1UVINS4248 292. 335. 454.

43�h upper inside back insert, veneerFor use on 71�h unit reversal at worksurfaceheight

18� 1/2� 43� BC1UVINS4318 184. 212. 286.24� 1/2� 43� BC1UVINS4324 202. 233. 313.30� 1/2� 43� BC1UVINS4330 222. 255. 344.36� 1/2� 43� BC1UVINS4336 245. 282. 378.42� 1/2� 43� BC1UVINS4342 269. 418. 310.48� 1/2� 43� BC1UVINS4348 295. 339. 459.

49�h upper inside back insert, veneerFor use on 71�h unit reversal at credenza height

18� 1/2� 49� BC1UVINS4918 192. 219. 298.24� 1/2� 49� BC1UVINS4924 211. 243. 327.30� 1/2� 49� BC1UVINS4930 233. 266. 359.36� 1/2� 49� BC1UVINS4936 255. 293. 398.42� 1/2� 49� BC1UVINS4942 281. 322. 438.48� 1/2� 49� BC1UVINS4948 308. 355. 479.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Veneer inside back inserts onlywork with painted backs of the sametype and size unless inside insertsupport kit is specified.

Grain direction is vertical.

Application Notes

An inside insert support kit(BC1FINSCLIP, $53 list) isavailable to support an inside insertfrom the back of a worksurface shelfor veneer standard shelf.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

Template

63

Page 65: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Mid Inside Back Inserts57�h unit fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

Mid inside back insert for 57�h unit, fabricreversal at worksurface height with15� upper storage

18� 1/2� 14� BC1MFINS1418 $120. $132. $138. $144.24� 1/2� 14� BC1MFINS1424 120. 132. 138. 144.30� 1/2� 14� BC1MFINS1430 125. 137. 144. 149.36� 1/2� 14� BC1MFINS1436 138. 150. 158. 162.42� 1/2� 14� BC1MFINS1442 141. 152. 160. 164.48� 1/2� 14� BC1MFINS1448 144. 155. 162. 169.60� 1/2� 14� BC1MFINS1460 156. 168. 174. 182.72� 1/2� 14� BC1MFINS1472 * * * *

Mid inside back insert for 57�h unit, fabricreversal at credenza height with15� upper storage

18� 1/2� 20� BC1MFINS2018 138. 150. 158. 162.24� 1/2� 20� BC1MFINS2024 138. 150. 158. 162.30� 1/2� 20� BC1MFINS2030 144. 155. 162. 169.36� 1/2� 20� BC1MFINS2036 160. 172. 182. 189.42� 1/2� 20� BC1MFINS2042 163. 176. 186. 192.48� 1/2� 20� BC1MFINS2048 169. 183. 192. 198.60� 1/2� 20� BC1MFINS2060 182. 196. 204. 211.72� 1/2� 20� BC1MFINS2072 * * * *

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Fabric inside back inserts only workwith painted or fabric backs of thesame type and size unless insideinsert support kit is specified.

Application Notes

An inside insert support kit(BC1FINSCLIP, $53 list) isavailable to support an inside insertfrom the back of a worksurface shelfor veneer standard shelf.

Inside back inserts to not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

Template

64

Page 66: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Mid Inside Back Inserts64�h unit fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

Mid inside back insert for 64�h unit, fabricreversal at worksurface height with15� upper storage

18� 1/2� 21� BC1MFINS2118 $138. $150. $158. $162.24� 1/2� 21� BC1MFINS2124 138. 150. 158. 162.30� 1/2� 21� BC1MFINS2130 144. 155. 162. 169.36� 1/2� 21� BC1MFINS2136 160. 172. 182. 189.42� 1/2� 21� BC1MFINS2142 163. 176. 186. 192.48� 1/2� 21� BC1MFINS2148 169. 183. 192. 198.60� 1/2� 21� BC1MFINS2160 182. 196. 204. 211.72� 1/2� 21� BC1MFINS2172 * * * *

Mid inside back insert for 64�h unit, fabricreversal at worksurface height with20� upper storage

18� 1/2� 16� BC1MFINS1618 125. 137. 144. 149.24� 1/2� 16� BC1MFINS1624 125. 137. 144. 149.30� 1/2� 16� BC1MFINS1630 132. 144. 150. 155.36� 1/2� 16� BC1MFINS1636 144. 155. 162. 169.42� 1/2� 16� BC1MFINS1642 148. 160. 166. 172.48� 1/2� 16� BC1MFINS1648 151. 163. 171. 176.60� 1/2� 16� BC1MFINS1660 163. 175. 184. 191.72� 1/2� 16� BC1MFINS1672 * * * *

Mid inside back insert for 64�h unit, fabricreversal at credenza height with15� upper storage

18� 1/2� 27� BC1MFINS2718 149. 161. 169. 174.24� 1/2� 27� BC1MFINS2724 149. 161. 169. 174.30� 1/2� 27� BC1MFINS2730 154. 166. 173. 179.36� 1/2� 27� BC1MFINS2736 176. 193. 202. 210.42� 1/2� 27� BC1MFINS2742 184. 198. 208. 214.48� 1/2� 27� BC1MFINS2748 190. 205. 214. 222.60� 1/2� 27� BC1MFINS2760 202. 217. 226. 236.72� 1/2� 27� BC1MFINS2772 * * * *

Mid inside back insert for 64�h unit, fabricreversal at credenza height with20� upper storage

18� 1/2� 22� BC1MFINS2218 142. 154. 161. 166.24� 1/2� 22� BC1MFINS2224 142. 154. 161. 166.30� 1/2� 22� BC1MFINS2230 148. 159. 166. 172.36� 1/2� 22� BC1MFINS2236 163. 175. 188. 193.42� 1/2� 22� BC1MFINS2242 168. 182. 191. 197.48� 1/2� 22� BC1MFINS2248 172. 189. 197. 203.60� 1/2� 22� BC1MFINS2260 186. 201. 210. 215.72� 1/2� 22� BC1MFINS2272 * * * *

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Fabric inside back inserts only workwith painted or fabric backs of thesame type and size unless insideinsert support kit is specified.

Application Notes

An inside insert support kit(BC1FINSCLIP, $53 list) isavailable to support an inside insertfrom the back of a worksurface shelfor veneer standard shelf.

Inside back inserts to not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

*72�w fabric backs need to bequoted as special product due torailroading of fabric.

Template

65

Page 67: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Mid Inside Back Inserts71�h unit fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

Mid inside back insert for 71�h unit, fabricreversal at worksurface height with 15� upperstorage

18� 1/2� 28� BC1MFINS2818 $152. $164. $172. $179.24� 1/2� 28� BC1MFINS2824 152. 164. 172. 179.30� 1/2� 28� BC1MFINS2830 158. 170. 176. 184.36� 1/2� 28� BC1MFINS2836 183. 198. 206. 214.42� 1/2� 28� BC1MFINS2842 189. 203. 213. 218.48� 1/2� 28� BC1MFINS2848 195. 211. 218. 226.60� 1/2� 28� BC1MFINS2860 206. 223. 233. 240.72� 1/2� 28� BC1MFINS2872 * * * *

Mid inside back insert for 71�h unit, fabricreversal at worksurface height with 20� upperstorage

18� 1/2� 23� BC1MFINS2318 142. 154. 161. 166.24� 1/2� 23� BC1MFINS2324 142. 154. 161. 166.30� 1/2� 23� BC1MFINS2330 148. 160. 166. 172.36� 1/2� 23� BC1MFINS2336 168. 182. 191. 197.42� 1/2� 23� BC1MFINS2342 171. 186. 195. 201.48� 1/2� 23� BC1MFINS2348 175. 192. 200. 206.60� 1/2� 23� BC1MFINS2360 190. 204. 212. 218.72� 1/2� 23� BC1MFINS2372 * * * *

Mid inside back insert for 71�h unit, fabricreversal at credenza height with 15� upperstorage

18� 1/2� 34� BC1MFINS3418 171. 186. 195. 201.24� 1/2� 34� BC1MFINS3424 171. 186. 195. 201.30� 1/2� 34� BC1MFINS3430 175. 192. 201. 206.36� 1/2� 34� BC1MFINS3436 205. 222. 235. 243.42� 1/2� 34� BC1MFINS3442 213. 232. 242. 250.48� 1/2� 34� BC1MFINS3448 218. 238. 249. 257.60� 1/2� 34� BC1MFINS3460 233. 250. 261. 270.72� 1/2� 34� BC1MFINS3472 * * * *

Mid inside back insert for 71�h unit, fabricreversal at credenza height with 20� upperstorage

18� 1/2� 29� BC1MFINS2918 155. 168. 174. 182.24� 1/2� 29� BC1MFINS2924 155. 168. 174. 182.30� 1/2� 29� BC1MFINS2930 160. 173. 182. 189.36� 1/2� 29� BC1MFINS2936 188. 202. 211. 217.42� 1/2� 29� BC1MFINS2942 193. 210. 216. 225.48� 1/2� 29� BC1MFINS2948 200. 214. 224. 233.60� 1/2� 29� BC1MFINS2960 212. 226. 238. 245.72� 1/2� 29� BC1MFINS2972 * * * *

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

An inside insert support kit(BC1FINSCLIP, $53 list) isavailable to support an inside insertfrom the back of a worksurface shelfor veneer standard shelf.

Application Notes

Inside back insert kits includefabric insert(s) that may be placedon the interior of a back matchingthe type and size of the insertspecified.

Inside back inserts to not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

*72�w fabric backs need to bequoted as special product due torailroading of fabric.

Template

66

Page 68: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Mid Inside Back Inserts78�h unit fabric

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

Mid inside back insert for 78�h unit, fabricreversal at worksurface height with 20� upperstorage

18� 1/2� 30� BC1MFINS3018 $158. $170. $176. $184.24� 1/2� 30� BC1MFINS3024 158. 170. 176. 184.30� 1/2� 30� BC1MFINS3030 162. 175. 184. 191.36� 1/2� 30� BC1MFINS3036 190. 204. 214. 222.42� 1/2� 30� BC1MFINS3042 196. 212. 219. 230.48� 1/2� 30� BC1MFINS3048 202. 217. 228. 237.60� 1/2� 30� BC1MFINS3060 214. 232. 242. 249.72� 1/2� 30� BC1MFINS3072 * * * *

Mid inside back insert for 78�h unit, fabricreversal at credenza height with 20� upperstorage

18� 1/2� 36� BC1MFINS3618 176. 192. 201. 208.24� 1/2� 36� BC1MFINS3624 176. 192. 201. 208.30� 1/2� 36� BC1MFINS3630 184. 200. 208. 214.36� 1/2� 36� BC1MFINS3636 213. 232. 243. 251.42� 1/2� 36� BC1MFINS3642 219. 240. 249. 258.48� 1/2� 36� BC1MFINS3648 228. 246. 257. 266.60� 1/2� 36� BC1MFINS3660 242. 258. 270. 279.72� 1/2� 36� BC1MFINS3672 * * * *

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Fabric inside back inserts only workwith painted or fabric backs of thesame type and size unless insideinsert support kit is specified.

Application Notes

An inside insert support kit(BC1FINSCLIP, $53 list) isavailable to support an inside insertfrom the back of a worksurface shelfor veneer standard shelf.

Inside back inserts to not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

*72�w fabric backs need to bequoted as special product due torailroading of fabric.

Template

67

Page 69: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Mid Inside Back Inserts57�h unit veneer

description w d h pattern no. V1 V2 V3

Mid inside back insert for 57�h unit, veneerreversal at worksurface height with 15� upperstorage

18� 1/2� 14� BC1MVINS1418 $188. $214. $290.24� 1/2� 14� BC1MVINS1424 205. 237. 318.30� 1/2� 14� BC1MVINS1430 225. 259. 350.36� 1/2� 14� BC1MVINS1436 248. 285. 384.42� 1/2� 14� BC1MVINS1442 272. 313. 423.48� 1/2� 14� BC1MVINS1448 299. 344. 465.60� 1/2� 14� BC1MVINS1460 350. 397. 504.72� 1/2� 14� BC1MVINS1472 390. 436. 543.

Mid inside back insert for 57�h unit, veneerreversal at credenza height with 15� upperstorage

18� 1/2� 20� BC1MVINS2018 192. 219. 298.24� 1/2� 20� BC1MVINS2024 211. 243. 327.30� 1/2� 20� BC1MVINS2030 233. 266. 359.36� 1/2� 20� BC1MVINS2036 255. 293. 398.42� 1/2� 20� BC1MVINS2042 281. 322. 438.48� 1/2� 20� BC1MVINS2048 308. 355. 479.60� 1/2� 20� BC1MVINS2060 347. 395. 517.72� 1/2� 20� BC1MVINS2072 386. 431. 553.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Veneer inside back inserts onlywork with painted backs of the sametype and size unless inside insertsupport kit is specified.

Grain pattern is vertical.

Application Notes

An inside insert support kit(BC1FINSCLIP, $53 list) isavailable to support an inside insertfrom the back of a worksurface shelfor veneer standard shelf.

Inside back insert kits includeveneer insert(s) that may be placedon the interior of a back matchingthe type and size of the insertspecified.

Template

68

Page 70: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Mid Inside Back Inserts64�h unit veneer

description w d h pattern no. V1 V2 V3

Mid inside back insert for 64�h unit, veneerreversal at worksurface height with 15� upperstorage

18� 1/2� 21� BC1MVINS2118 $195. $223. $301.24� 1/2� 21� BC1MVINS2124 213. 245. 330.30� 1/2� 21� BC1MVINS2130 236. 270. 364.36� 1/2� 21� BC1MVINS2136 257. 295. 400.42� 1/2� 21� BC1MVINS2142 285. 326. 442.48� 1/2� 21� BC1MVINS2148 312. 359. 486.60� 1/2� 21� BC1MVINS2160 336. 389. 525.72� 1/2� 21� BC1MVINS2172 343. 396. 531.

Mid inside back insert for 64�h unit, veneerreversal at worksurface height with 20� upperstorage

18� 1/2� 16� BC1MVINS1618 190. 216. 293.24� 1/2� 16� BC1MVINS1624 208. 239. 321.30� 1/2� 16� BC1MVINS1630 228. 263. 355.36� 1/2� 16� BC1MVINS1636 251. 290. 391.42� 1/2� 16� BC1MVINS1642 277. 318. 431.48� 1/2� 16� BC1MVINS1648 303. 349. 470.60� 1/2� 16� BC1MVINS1660 327. 376. 510.72� 1/2� 16� BC1MVINS1672 334. 384. 519.

Mid inside back insert for 64�h unit, veneerreversal at credenza height with 15� upperstorage

18� 1/2� 27� BC1MVINS2718 211. 243. 327.24� 1/2� 27� BC1MVINS2724 233. 266. 359.30� 1/2� 27� BC1MVINS2730 255. 293. 398.36� 1/2� 27� BC1MVINS2736 281. 322. 438.42� 1/2� 27� BC1MVINS2742 308. 355. 479.48� 1/2� 27� BC1MVINS2748 338. 391. 526.60� 1/2� 27� BC1MVINS2760 365. 422. 572.72� 1/2� 27� BC1MVINS2772 372. 427. 578.

Mid inside back insert for 64�h unit, veneerreversal at credenza height with 20� upperstorage

18� 1/2� 22� BC1MVINS2218 196. 224. 303.24� 1/2� 22� BC1MVINS2224 214. 246. 333.30� 1/2� 22� BC1MVINS2230 237. 271. 366.36� 1/2� 22� BC1MVINS2236 259. 299. 404.42� 1/2� 22� BC1MVINS2242 286. 329. 444.48� 1/2� 22� BC1MVINS2248 313. 360. 488.60� 1/2� 22� BC1MVINS2260 338. 393. 403.72� 1/2� 22� BC1MVINS2272 345. 399. 537.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Veneer inside back inserts onlywork with painted backs of the sametype and size unless inside insertsupport kit is specified.

Grain pattern is vertical.

Application Notes

An inside insert support kit(BC1FINSCLIP, $53 list) isavailable to support an inside insertfrom the back of a worksurface shelfor veneer standard shelf.

Inside back insert kits includeveneer insert(s) that may be placedon the interior of a back matchingthe type and size of the insertspecified.

Template

69

Page 71: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Mid Inside Back Inserts71�h unit veneer

description w d h pattern no. V1 V2 V3

Mid inside back insert for 71�h unit, veneerreversal at worksurface height with 15� upperstorage

18� 1/2� 28� BC1MVINS2818 $212. $244. $329.24� 1/2� 28� BC1MVINS2824 235. 267. 361.30� 1/2� 28� BC1MVINS2830 256. 294. 399.36� 1/2� 28� BC1MVINS2836 282. 323. 439.42� 1/2� 28� BC1MVINS2842 310. 356. 481.42� 1/2� 28� BC1MVINS2848 339. 393. 528.60� 1/2� 28� BC1MVINS2860 369. 424. 574.72� 1/2� 28� BC1MVINS2872 374. 431. 580.

Mid inside back insert for 71�h unit, veneerreversal at worksurface height with 20� upperstorage

18� 1/2� 23� BC1MVINS2318 197. 225. 305.24� 1/2� 23� BC1MVINS2324 215. 248. 334.30� 1/2� 23� BC1MVINS2330 238. 272. 369.36� 1/2� 23� BC1MVINS2336 261. 301. 408.42� 1/2� 23� BC1MVINS2342 288. 330. 446.48� 1/2� 23� BC1MVINS2348 316. 362. 491.60� 1/2� 23� BC1MVINS2360 342. 396. 533.72� 1/2� 23� BC1MVINS2372 348. 401. 542.

Mid inside back insert for 71�h unit, veneerreversal at credenza height with 15� upperstorage

18� 1/2� 34� BC1MVINS3418 235. 267. 361.24� 1/2� 34� BC1MVINS3424 256. 294. 399.30� 1/2� 34� BC1MVINS3430 282. 323. 439.36� 1/2� 34� BC1MVINS3436 311. 358. 483.42� 1/2� 34� BC1MVINS3442 342. 395. 530.48� 1/2� 34� BC1MVINS3448 375. 432. 583.60� 1/2� 34� BC1MVINS3460 408. 468. 635.72� 1/2� 34� BC1MVINS3472 414. 477. 644.

Mid inside back insert for 71�h unit, veneerreversal at credenza height with 20� upperstorage

18� 1/2� 29� BC1MVINS2918 213. 245. 330.24� 1/2� 29� BC1MVINS2924 236. 270. 364.30� 1/2� 29� BC1MVINS2930 257. 295. 400.36� 1/2� 29� BC1MVINS2936 284. 324. 440.42� 1/2� 29� BC1MVINS2942 312. 359. 486.48� 1/2� 29� BC1MVINS2948 343. 396. 531.60� 1/2� 29� BC1MVINS2960 371. 426. 578.72� 1/2� 29� BC1MVINS2972 376. 436. 585.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Veneer inside back inserts onlywork with painted backs of the sametype and size unless inside insertsupport kit is specified.

Grain pattern is vertical.

Application Notes

An inside insert support kit(BC1FINSCLIP, $53 list) isavailable to support an inside insertfrom the back of a worksurface shelfor veneer standard shelf.

Inside back insert kits includeveneer insert(s) that may be placedon the interior of a back matchingthe type and size of the insertspecified.

Template

70

Page 72: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Mid Inside Back Inserts78�h unit veneer

description w d h pattern no. V1 V2 V3

Mid inside back insert for 78�h unit, veneerreversal at worksurface height with 20� upperstorage

18� 1/2� 30� BC1MVINS3018 $215. $248. $334.24� 1/2� 30� BC1MVINS3024 238. 272. 369.30� 1/2� 30� BC1MVINS3030 259. 299. 404.36� 1/2� 30� BC1MVINS3036 288. 330. 446.42� 1/2� 30� BC1MVINS3042 315. 361. 489.48� 1/2� 30� BC1MVINS3048 347. 400. 539.60� 1/2� 30� BC1MVINS3060 374. 432. 585.72� 1/2� 30� BC1MVINS3072 379. 440. 591.

Mid inside back insert for 78�h unit, veneerreversal at credenza height with 20� upperstorage

18� 1/2� 36� BC1MVINS3618 237. 271. 366.24� 1/2� 36� BC1MVINS3624 259. 299. 404.30� 1/2� 36� BC1MVINS3630 286. 329. 444.36� 1/2� 36� BC1MVINS3636 313. 360. 488.42� 1/2� 36� BC1MVINS3642 345. 399. 537.48� 1/2� 36� BC1MVINS3648 378. 439. 590.60� 1/2� 36� BC1MVINS3660 413. 473. 644.72� 1/2� 36� BC1MVINS3672 418. 481. 651.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Veneer inside back inserts onlywork with painted backs of the sametype and size unless inside insertsupport kit is specified.

Grain pattern is vertical.

Application Notes

An inside insert support kit(BC1FINSCLIP, $53 list) isavailable to support an inside insertfrom the back of a worksurface shelfor veneer standard shelf.

Inside back inserts do not work onthe outside of either painted orfabric backs.

Template

71

Page 73: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Drawer Kitsfile, box/box, box/file, file/file and box/box/file

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 V1 V2 V3

File drawer kitfills 16�h unit opening

18� 15� 121/8� BD2FDK18N $424. $467. $489. $744. $855. $1,154.24� 15� 121/8� BD2FDK24N 437. 479. 500. 761. 876. 1,183.30� 15� 121/8� BD2FDK30N 459. 505. 528. 802. 924. 1,247.36� 15� 121/8� BD2FDK36N 464. 510. 533. 813. 935. 1,263.42� 15� 121/8� BD2FDK42N 491. 543. 567. 859. 988. 1,332.48� 15� 121/8� BD2FDK48N 520. 571. 596. 908. 1,043. 1,411.

Box/Box drawer kitfills 16�h unit opening

18� 15� 121/8� BD2BBDK18N 588. 648. 676. 1,029. 1,184. 1,597.24� 15� 121/8� BD2BBDK24N 615. 677. 709. 1,077. 1,239. 1,674.30� 15� 121/8� BD2BBDK30N 638. 702. 733. 1,116. 1,282. 1,733.36� 15� 121/8� BD2BBDK36N 658. 723. 756. 1,152. 1,323. 1,786.42� 15� 121/8� BD2BBDK42N 700. 771. 806. 1,226. 1,410. 1,901.48� 15� 121/8� BD2BBDK48N 752. 827. 865. 1,318. 1,515. 2,045.

Box/file drawer kitfills credenza height opening

18� 15� 187/8� BD2BFDK18N 589. 649. 677. 1,024. 1,177. 1,588.24� 15� 187/8� BD2BFDK24N 610. 670. 700. 1,057. 1,215. 1,640.30� 15� 187/8� BD2BFDK30N 629. 693. 725. 1,100. 1,265. 1,706.36� 15� 187/8� BD2BFDK36N 653. 717. 750. 1,125. 1,294. 1,746.42� 15� 187/8� BD2BFDK42N 711. 783. 818. 1,146. 1,319. 1,780.48� 15� 187/8� BD2BFDK48N 740. 814. 852. 1,190. 1,367. 1,847.

File/File drawer kitfills worksurface height opening

18� 15� 243/4� BD2FFDK18N 611. 671. 704. 1,068. 1,230. 1,659.24� 15� 243/4� BD2FFDK24N 632. 698. 729. 1,104. 1,269. 1,714.30� 15� 243/4� BD2FFDK30N 658. 725. 757. 1,149. 1,320. 1,781.36� 15� 243/4� BD2FFDK36N 683. 751. 784. 1,183. 1,360. 1,833.42� 15� 243/4� BD2FFDK42N 748. 822. 859. 1,216. 1,398. 1,888.48� 15� 243/4� BD2FFDK48N 777. 856. 896. 1,280. 1,473. 1,988.

Box/Box drawer kitfills worksurface height opening

18� 15� 243/4� BD2BBFDK18N 814. 897. 936. 1,239. 1,427. 1,925.24� 15� 243/4� BD2BBFDK24N 839. 924. 966. 1,278. 1,470. 1,983.30� 15� 243/4� BD2BBFDK30N 868. 957. 1,000. 1,326. 1,526. 2,059.36� 15� 243/4� BD2BBFDK36N 903. 990. 1,036. 1,369. 1,574. 2,125.42� 15� 243/4� BD2BBFDK42N 967. 1,064. 1,111. 1,406. 1,615. 2,181.48� 15� 243/4� BD2BBFDK48N 1,001. 1,103. 1,152. 1,473. 1,694. 2,286.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Drawer fronts are available instandard paint or V1 finishes.

To specify locking drawers, replacethe ‘‘N’’ in the pattern number withan ‘‘L’’ and add $40 to the list price.Lock location is centeredhorizontally.

Drawer kits include assembleddrawer bodies with fronts, pull kitand side assembly kit.

Lock housings are available ineither black (B) or chrome (CH). Ifordering key-alike, remember toorder cores in a matching finish.

Application Notes

Drawer kits may only be placedunder worksurface height (credenzaheight for box/file kit).

All drawer kits include safety cablethat allows only one drawer to beopened at one time.

Veneer grain direction is vertical onall drawer fronts.

Template

72

Page 74: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Sliding Door Kitsfull height

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 glass

16�h sliding door kit, full height 30� 3/4� 16� BD1FSDK1630N $491. $542. $566. $507.36� 3/4� 16� BD1FSDK1636N 507. 559. 586. 539.42� 3/4� 16� BD1FSDK1642N 515. 567. 594. 570.48� 3/4� 16� BD1FSDK1648N 523. 574. 602. 605.

22�h sliding door kit, full height 30� 3/4� 22� BD1FSDK2230N 497. 546. 570. 512.36� 3/4� 22� BD1FSDK2236N 512. 564. 591. 544.42� 3/4� 22� BD1FSDK2242N 520. 571. 599. 574.48� 3/4� 22� BD1FSDK2248N 527. 579. 607. 610.

25�h Antenna sliding door kit, full height 30� 3/4� 25� BD1FSDK2530N 507. 558. 582. 573.36� 3/4� 25� BD1FSDK2536N 541. 595. 621. 626.42� 3/4� 25� BD1FSDK2542N 547. 602. 630. 667.48� 3/4� 25� BD1FSDK2548N 554. 610. 638. 708.

28�h sliding door kit, full height 29� 3/4� 28� BD1FSDK2829N 507. 558. 582. 573.30� 3/4� 28� BD1FSDK2830N 507. 558. 582. 573.36� 3/4� 28� BD1FSDK2836N 541. 595. 621. 626.42� 3/4� 28� BD1FSDK2842N 547. 602. 630. 667.48� 3/4� 28� BD1FSDK2848N 554. 610. 638. 708.

42�h sliding door kit, full height 30� 3/4� 42� BD1FSDK4230N 538. 594. 620. 756.36� 3/4� 42� BD1FSDK4236N 586. 644. 673. 815.42� 3/4� 42� BD1FSDK4242N 592. 649. 680. 875.48� 3/4� 42� BD1FSDK4248N 639. 704. 734. 932.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Door fronts are available in standardpaint or etched powder glass.

To specify locking sliding doors,replace the ‘‘N’’ in the patternnumber with an ‘‘L’’ and add $20 tothe list price.

Lock housings are available ineither black (B) or chrome (CH). Ifordering key-alike, remember toorder cores in a matching finish.

Application Notes

Full height sliding door kits includetwo doors, top sliding rail and baseslilding rail.

Base sliding rail matches the heightof the base giving the appearance ofa base kit plate. This should beconsidered when planning the baseappearance of adjacent units.

Full height sliding door kits mayonly be utilized in cabinets of thesame height.

Full height sliding door kits attachto the top and base of a singlesection. Shelves must be orderedseparately.

Worksurface shelves do not workbehind sliding doors.

Template

73

Page 75: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Sliding Door Kitsfull height

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 glass

50�h sliding door kit, full height 30� 3/4� 50� BD1FSDK5030N $579. $639. $668. $811.36� 3/4� 50� BD1FSDK5036N 589. 646. 675. 881.42� 3/4� 50� BD1FSDK5042N 634. 696. 728. 949.48� 3/4� 50� BD1FSDK5048N 641. 705. 735. 1,020.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Door fronts are available in standardpaint or etched powder glass.

To specify locking sliding doors,replace the ‘‘N’’ in the patternnumber with an ‘‘L’’ and add $20 tothe list price.

Lock housings are available ineither black (B) or chrome (CH). Ifordering key-alike, remember toorder cores in a matching finish.

Application Notes

Full height sliding door kits includetwo doors, top sliding rail and baseslilding rail.

Base sliding rail matches the heightof the base giving the appearance ofa base kit plate. This should beconsidered when planning the baseappearance of adjacent units.

Full height sliding door kits mayonly be utilized in cabinets of thesame height.

Full height sliding door kits attachto the top and base of a singlesection. Shelves must be orderedseparately.

Worksurface shelves do not workbehind sliding doors.

Template

74

Page 76: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Sliding Door Kitstop position and bottom position

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 glass

15�h sliding door kit, top position 30� 3/4� 15� BD1TSDK1530N $563. $618. $647. $568.36� 3/4� 15� BD1TSDK1536N 575. 636. 664. 593.42� 3/4� 15� BD1TSDK1542N 602. 660. 691. 635.48� 3/4� 15� BD1TSDK1548N 608. 668. 698. 659.60� 3/4� 15� BD1TSDK1560N 563. 618. 647. 648.72� 3/4� 15� BD1TSDK1572N 568. 625. 653. 654.

20�h sliding door kit, top position 30� 3/4� 20� BD1TSDK2030N 581. 642. 670. 603.36� 3/4� 20� BD1TSDK2036N 605. 666. 696. 641.42� 3/4� 20� BD1TSDK2042N 621. 684. 713. 683.48� 3/4� 20� BD1TSDK2048N 627. 690. 721. 714.60� 3/4� 20� BD1TSDK2060N 612. 674. 705. 730.72� 3/4� 20� BD1TSDK2072N 617. 680. 710. 735.

42�h sliding door kit, bottom position 30� 3/4� 42� BD1BSDK4230N 538. 594. 620. 756.36� 3/4� 42� BD1BSDK4236N 592. 644. 673. 815.42� 3/4� 42� BD1BSDK4242N 592. 649. 680. 875.48� 3/4� 42� BD1BSDK4248N 639. 704. 734. 932.

50�h sliding door kit, bottom position 30� 3/4� 50� BD1BSDK5030N 579. 639. 668. 811.36� 3/4� 50� BD1BSDK5036N 589. 646. 675. 881.42� 3/4� 50� BD1BSDK5042N 634. 696. 728. 949.48� 3/4� 50� BD1BSDK5048N 641. 705. 735. 1,020.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Door fronts are available in standardpaint or etched powder glass.

To specify locking sliding doors,replace the ‘‘N’’ in the patternnumber with an ‘‘L’’ and add $20 tothe list price.

Lock housings are available ineither black (B) or chrome (CH). Ifordering key-alike, remember toorder cores in a matching finish.

Application Notes

Top position sliding door kitincludes two doors, top sliding railand lower sliding rail.

Bottom position sliding door kitincludes two doors, upper slidingrail, and base sliding rail. Veneer orsteel top shelf must be orderedseparately.

Top position sliding door kit onlyworks in the top position of aTemplate case.

Locking not available in 60� or 72�wide door kits.

Bottom position sliding door kitprovides hardware to place a slidingdoor kit in a taller case when apass-through or open shelf isrequired above the sliding door kit.

Bottom position sliding door kitsmay not be installed below a back,hinged doors or another sliding doorkit.

Shelves must be orderedseparately.

Template

75

Page 77: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Hinged Door Kits15�h, 20�h, 28�h and 42�h

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 V1 V2 V3

15�h hinge door kit 24� 3/4� 15� BD1FHDK1524(L/R)N $386. $423. $442. $447. $516. $697.30� 3/4� 15� BD1FHDK1530N 623. 685. 715. 707. 812. 1,095.36� 3/4� 15� BD1FHDK1536N 639. 701. 733. 732. 840. 1,137.42� 3/4� 15� BD1FHDK1542N 647. 711. 744. 755. 869. 1,172.48� 3/4� 15� BD1FHDK1548N 663. 728. 762. 791. 910. 1,229.

20�h hinge door kit 24� 3/4� 20� BD1FHDK2024(L/R)N 400. 441. 461. 470. 541. 730.30� 3/4� 20� BD1FHDK2030N 644. 708. 741. 733. 842. 1,139.36� 3/4� 20� BD1FHDK2036N 666. 731. 764. 754. 868. 1,171.42� 3/4� 20� BD1FHDK2042N 678. 746. 780. 795. 917. 1,235.48� 3/4� 20� BD1FHDK2048N 698. 768. 801. 813. 935. 1,262.

28�h hinge door kit 18� 3/4� 28� BD1FHDK2818(L/R)N 315. 348. 362. 378. 435. 586.24� 3/4� 28� BD1FHDK2824(L/R)N 315. 348. 362. 401. 462. 625.30� 3/4� 28� BD1FHDK2830N 588. 646. 676. 666. 764. 1,032.36� 3/4� 28� BD1FHDK2836N 588. 647. 677. 685. 788. 1,063.42� 3/4� 28� BD1FHDK2842N 589. 648. 678. 711. 818. 1,104.48� 3/4� 28� BD1FHDK2848N 589. 648. 678. 731. 839. 1,134.

42�h hinge door kit 15� 3/4� 42� BD1FHDK4215(L/R)N 329. 362. 379. 387. 443. 597.18� 3/4� 42� BD1FHDK4218(L/R)N 345. 380. 397. 405. 467. 631.24� 3/4� 42� BD1FHDK4224(L/R)N 373. 410. 431. 443. 509. 688.30� 3/4� 42� BD1FHDK4230N 632. 693. 726. 714. 820. 1,109.36� 3/4� 42� BD1FHDK4236N 651. 717. 748. 743. 854. 1,155.42� 3/4� 42� BD1FHDK4242N 685. 753. 786. 781. 899. 1,213.48� 3/4� 42� BD1FHDK4248N 725. 796. 834. 836. 963. 1,298.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Door fronts are available in standardpaint or V1 finishes.

Hinge door kits include door(s), pullkit and hinge kit.

To specify locking doors, replace the‘‘N’’ in the pattern number with an‘‘L’’ and add $20 to the list price.

Lock housings are available ineither black (B) or chrome (CH). Ifordering key-alike, remember toorder cores in a matching finish.

Application Notes

15�w, 18�w and 24�w door kits comeas single door kits.

Door hand for 15�w, 18�w and 24�wdetermined by hinge location.

28�h and taller hinge door kits aredesigned to fit in an opening fromthe top of a base to the underside ofa top or worksurface shelf.

15�h and 20�h hinge door kits aredesigned to be positioned at the topof a cabinet opening to function asan overhead unit.

Veneer grain direction is vertical onall hinge doors.

Shelves must be orderedseparately.

Template

76

Page 78: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Hinged Door Kits50�h, 57�h and 64�h

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 V1 V2 V3

50�h hinge door kit 15� 3/4� 50� BD1FHDK5015(L/R)N $329. $362. $379. $398. $459. $621.18� 3/4� 50� BD1FHDK5018(L/R)N 347. 382. 398. 425. 488. 660.24� 3/4� 50� BD1FHDK5024(L/R)N 374. 411. 431. 464. 533. 721.30� 3/4� 50� BD1FHDK5030N 632. 695. 726. 753. 866. 1,170.36� 3/4� 50� BD1FHDK5036N 658. 725. 757. 786. 904. 1,221.42� 3/4� 50� BD1FHDK5042N 686. 754. 789. 831. 953. 1,287.48� 3/4� 50� BD1FHDK5048N 711. 783. 818. 881. 1,014. 1,368.

57�h hinge door kit 15� 3/4� 57� BD1FHDK5715(L/R)N 332. 366. 383. 422. 484. 653.18� 3/4� 57� BD1FHDK5718(L/R)N 347. 383. 399. 446. 513. 695.24� 3/4� 57� BD1FHDK5724(L/R)N 374. 412. 432. 492. 568. 767.30� 3/4� 57� BD1FHDK5730N 633. 695. 727. 780. 898. 1,211.36� 3/4� 57� BD1FHDK5736N 660. 726. 758. 830. 952. 1,286.42� 3/4� 57� BD1FHDK5742N 687. 755. 790. 885. 1,019. 1,374.48� 3/4� 57� BD1FHDK5748N 714. 785. 820. 924. 1,063. 1,434.

64�h hinge door kit 15� 3/4� 64� BD1FHDK6415(L/R)N 344. 378. 396. 445. 511. 691.18� 3/4� 64� BD1FHDK6418(L/R)N 356. 394. 412. 473. 545. 734.24� 3/4� 64� BD1FHDK6424(L/R)N 386. 424. 442. 526. 603. 816.30� 3/4� 64� BD1FHDK6430N 654. 720. 753. 839. 967. 1,304.36� 3/4� 64� BD1FHDK6436N 681. 750. 784. 886. 1,020. 1,379.42� 3/4� 64� BD1FHDK6442N 709. 780. 816. 947. 1,088. 1,471.48� 3/4� 64� BD1FHDK6448N 736. 809. 845. 991. 1,140. 1,538.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Door fronts are available in standardpaint or V1 finishes.

Hinge door kits include door(s), pullkit and hinge kit.

To specify locking doors, replace the‘‘N’’ in the pattern number with an‘‘L’’ and add $20 to the list price.

Lock housings are available ineither black (B) or chrome (CH). Ifordering key-alike, remember toorder cores in a matching finish.

Application Notes

15�w, 18�w and 24�w door kits comeas single door kits.

Door hand for 15�w, 18�w and 24�wdetermined by hinge location.

28�h and taller hinge door kits aredesigned to fit in an opening fromthe top of a base to the underside ofa top or worksurface shelf.

Veneer grain direction is vertical onall hinge doors.

Template

77

Page 79: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Hinged Door Kits71�h and 78�h

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 V1 V2 V3

71�h hinge door kit 15� 3/4� 71� BD1FHDK7115(L/R)N $398. $438. $457. $464. $533. $721.18� 3/4� 71� BD1FHDK7118(L/R)N 444. 489. 511. 489. 563. 762.24� 3/4� 71� BD1FHDK7124(L/R)N 524. 575. 601. 548. 631. 851.30� 3/4� 71� BD1FHDK7130N 802. 883. 924. 869. 998. 1,347.36� 3/4� 71� BD1FHDK7136N 846. 931. 975. 936. 1,075. 1,454.42� 3/4� 71� BD1FHDK7142N 896. 985. 1,028. 986. 1,133. 1,528.48� 3/4� 71� BD1FHDK7148N 1,004. 1,107. 1,156. 1,035. 1,190. 1,607.

78�h hinge door kit 18� 3/4� 78� BD1FHDK7818(L/R)N 465. 511. 534. 528. 607. 820.24� 3/4� 78� BD1FHDK7824(L/R)N 554. 609. 638. 591. 679. 919.30� 3/4� 78� BD1FHDK7830N 842. 928. 970. 930. 1,071. 1,445.36� 3/4� 78� BD1FHDK7836N 888. 978. 1,023. 1,002. 1,155. 1,558.42� 3/4� 78� BD1FHDK7842N 909. 999. 1,044. 1,059. 1,218. 1,643.48� 3/4� 78� BD1FHDK7848N 1,066. 1,174. 1,226. 1,114. 1,279. 1,727.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Door fronts are available in standardpaint or V1 finishes.

Hinge door kits include door(s), pullkit and hinge kit.

To specify locking doors, replace the‘‘N’’ in the pattern number with an‘‘L’’ and add $20 to the list price.

Lock housings are available ineither black (B) or chrome (CH). Ifordering key-alike, remember toorder cores in a matching finish.

Application Notes

15�w, 18�w and 24�w door kits comeas single door kits.

Door hand for 15�w, 18�w and 24�wdetermined by hinge location.

28�h and taller hinge door kits aredesigned to fit in an opening fromthe top of a base to the underside ofa top or worksurface shelf.

Veneer grain direction is vertical onall hinge doors.

Template

78

Page 80: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Hybrid Door/Drawer Kitsfile/file, hinge doors57�h, 64�h, 71�h and 78�h

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 V1 V2 V3

57�h hybrid kitfile/file drawers wtih hinge door

18� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57182HD(L/R)N $1,012. $1,112. $1,163. $1,560. $1,761. $2,376.24� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57242HD(L/R)N 1,012. 1,112. 1,163. 1,560. 1,761. 2,376.30� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57302HDN 1,264. 1,389. 1,452. 1,894. 2,138. 2,886.36� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57362HDN 1,301. 1,432. 1,496. 1,953. 2,202. 2,973.42� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57422HDN 1,386. 1,525. 1,593. 2,030. 2,288. 3,089.48� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57482HDN 1,426. 1,566. 1,637. 2,084. 2,349. 3,170.

64�h hybrid kitfile/file drawers wtih hinge door

18� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64182HD(L/R)N 1,040. 1,145. 1,197. 1,583. 1,786. 2,409.24� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64242HD(L/R)N 1,040. 1,145. 1,197. 1,583. 1,786. 2,409.30� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64302HDN 1,303. 1,432. 1,496. 1,924. 2,170. 2,926.36� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64362HDN 1,346. 1,482. 1,549. 1,988. 2,242. 3,025.42� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64422HDN 1,440. 1,581. 1,654. 2,072. 2,336. 3,152.48� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64482HDN 1,484. 1,633. 1,706. 2,158. 2,434. 3,285.

71�h hybrid kitfile/file drawers wtih hinge door

18� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71182HD(L/R)N 1,040. 1,145. 1,197. 1,612. 1,818. 2,454.24� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71242HD(L/R)N 1,040. 1,145. 1,197. 1,612. 1,818. 2,454.30� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71302HDN 1,303. 1,432. 1,496. 1,964. 2,212. 2,986.36� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71362HDN 1,347. 1,482. 1,549. 2,033. 2,294. 3,096.42� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71422HDN 1,440. 1,583. 1,654. 2,122. 2,393. 3,231.48� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71482HDN 1,485. 1,633. 1,706. 2,204. 2,486. 3,356.

78�h hybrid kitfile/file drawers wtih hinge door

18� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78182HD(L/R)N 1,053. 1,159. 1,211. 1,645. 1,854. 2,505.24� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78242HD(L/R)N 1,053. 1,159. 1,211. 1,645. 1,854. 2,505.30� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78302HDN 1,324. 1,457. 1,524. 2,003. 2,258. 3,048.36� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78362HDN 1,370. 1,508. 1,575. 2,090. 2,355. 3,179.42� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78422HDN 1,463. 1,610. 1,682. 2,176. 2,452. 3,310.48� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78482HDN 1,509. 1,659. 1,735. 2,264. 2,552. 3,444.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Hybrid fronts are available instandard paint or V1 finishes.

Doors and drawers are available inthe same finish only.

Hybrid kit includes steel shelf forplacement above drawers. Tospecify locking doors, replace the‘‘N’’ in the pattern number with an‘‘L’’ and add $40 to the list price.

Lock housings are available ineither black (B) or chrome (CH). Ifordering key-alike, remember toorder cores in a matching finish.

Application Notes

24�w hybrid kit comes with singlehinged door.

Door hand for 24�w kit determinedby hinge location.

Veneer grain direction is vertical onall door and drawer fronts.

Hybrid kits with hinge doors may beutilized in sections of the sameheight or taller.

Hybrid kits utilized in tallersections require additional shelf fortop of hinge doors.

Desk height electrical modulesmay not be used behind hybridkits with hinge doors due tointerference.

Template

79

Page 81: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Hybrid Door/Drawer Kitsbox/box/file, hinge doors57�h, 64�h, 71�h and 78�h

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 V1 V2 V3

57�h hybrid kitbox/box/file drawers with hinge doors

18� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57183HD(L/R)N $1,188. $1,306. $1,364. $1,739. $1,962. $2,648.24� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57243HD(L/R)N 1,188. 1,306. 1,364. 1,739. 1,962. 2,648.30� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57303HDN 1,442. 1,586. 1,658. 2,081. 2,346. 3,167.36� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57363HDN 1,486. 1,635. 1,710. 2,145. 2,419. 3,267.42� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57423HDN 1,572. 1,729. 1,807. 2,225. 2,508. 3,383.48� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57483HDN 1,614. 1,777. 1,855. 2,284. 2,573. 3,473.

64�h hybrid kitbox/box/file drawers with hinge doors

18� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64183HD(L/R)N 1,215. 1,336. 1,397. 1,762. 1,987. 2,683.24� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64243HD(L/R)N 1,215. 1,336. 1,397. 1,762. 1,987. 2,683.30� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64303HDN 1,481. 1,628. 1,701. 2,107. 2,376. 3,207.36� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64363HDN 1,531. 1,684. 1,762. 2,182. 2,461. 3,323.42� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64423HDN 1,625. 1,788. 1,869. 2,264. 2,552. 3,444.48� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64483HDN 1,675. 1,843. 1,926. 2,356. 2,655. 3,587.

71�h hybrid kitbox/box/file drawers with hinge doors

18� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71183HD(L/R)N 1,216. 1,337. 1,398. 1,789. 2,018. 2,724.24� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71243HD(L/R)N 1,216. 1,337. 1,398. 1,789. 2,018. 2,724.30� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71303HDN 1,482. 1,629. 1,703. 2,145. 2,419. 3,267.36� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71363HDN 1,533. 1,685. 1,763. 2,225. 2,508. 3,383.42� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71423HDN 1,626. 1,789. 1,870. 2,316. 2,609. 3,525.48� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71483HDN 1,677. 1,844. 1,928. 2,402. 2,710. 3,658.

78�h hybrid kitbox/box/file drawers with hinge doors

18� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78183HD(L/R)N 1,229. 1,351. 1,413. 1,823. 2,055. 2,774.24� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78243HD(L/R)N 1,229. 1,351. 1,413. 1,823. 2,055. 2,774.30� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78303HDN 1,503. 1,653. 1,729. 2,187. 2,466. 3,329.36� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78363HDN 1,557. 1,712. 1,788. 2,284. 2,573. 3,473.42� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78423HDN 1,649. 1,815. 1,896. 2,367. 2,668. 3,603.48� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78483HDN 1,699. 1,869. 1,954. 2,459. 2,774. 3,746.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Hybrid fronts are available instandard paint or V1 finishes.

Doors and drawers are available inthe same finish only.

Hybrid kit includes steel shelf forplacement above drawers. Tospecify locking doors, replace the‘‘N’’ in the pattern number with an‘‘L’’ and add $40 to the list price.

Lock housings are available ineither black (B) or chrome (CH). Ifordering key-alike, remember toorder cores in a matching finish.

Application Notes

24�w hybrid kit comes with singlehinged door.

Door hand for 24�w kit determinedby hinge location.

Veneer grain direction is vertical onall door and drawer fronts.

Hybrid kits with hinge doors may beutilized in sections of the sameheight or taller.

Hybrid kits utilized in tallersections require additional shelf fortop of hinge doors.

Desk height electrical modulesmay not be used behind hybridkits with hinge doors due tointerference.

Template

80

Page 82: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Hybrid Door/Drawer Kitsfile/file, sliding doors57�h, 64�h, 71�h and 78�h

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 V1 V2 V3

57�h hybrid kitfile/file drawers wtih sliding door

30� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57302SDN $1,313. $1,443. $1,509. $1,987. $2,241. $3,023.36� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57362SDN 1,380. 1,519. 1,587. 2,069. 2,333. 3,148.42� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57422SDN 1,464. 1,611. 1,683. 2,121. 2,391. 3,229.48� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57482SDN 1,599. 1,761. 1,840. 2,274. 2,563. 3,462.

64�h hybrid kitfile/file drawers wtih sliding door

30� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64302SDN 1,326. 1,460. 1,526. 2,001. 2,256. 3,047.36� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64362SDN 1,404. 1,541. 1,613. 2,092. 2,356. 3,180.42� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64422SDN 1,485. 1,634. 1,709. 2,142. 2,416. 3,261.48� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64482SDN 1,601. 1,763. 1,842. 2,276. 2,565. 3,466.

71�h hybrid kitfile/file drawers wtih sliding door

30� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71302SDN 1,357. 1,491. 1,559. 2,029. 2,287. 3,088.36� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71362SDN 1,416. 1,559. 1,629. 2,103. 2,374. 3,204.42� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71422SDN 1,544. 1,698. 1,777. 2,205. 2,489. 3,359.48� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71482SDN 1,602. 1,764. 1,844. 2,277. 2,566. 3,467.

78�h hybrid kitfile/file drawers wtih sliding door

30� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78302SDN 1,384. 1,521. 1,590. 2,062. 2,324. 3,137.36� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78362SDN 1,484. 1,633. 1,706. 2,179. 2,456. 3,314.42� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78422SDN 1,568. 1,724. 1,803. 2,233. 2,518. 3,399.48� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78482SDN 1,604. 1,765. 1,845. 2,516. 2,836. 3,828.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Hybrid fronts are available instandard paint or V1 finishes.

Doors and drawers are available inthe same finish only whenspecifying steel sliding doors.

Hybrid kit includes steel shelf forplacement above drawers.

Lock housings are available ineither black (B) or chrome (CH). Ifordering key-alike, remember toorder cores in a matching finish.

Application Notes

Hybrid kits with sliding doors mayonly be utilized in sectionsmatching the height of the hybridkit.

Veneer grain direction is vertical onall door and drawer fronts.

Template

81

Page 83: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Hybrid Door/Drawer Kitsbox/box/file, sliding doors57�h, 64�h, 71�h and 78�h

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 V1 V2 V3

57�h hybrid kitbox/box/file drawers wtih sliding door

30� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57303SDN $1,491. $1,639. $1,717. $2,167. $2,444. $3,300.36� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57363SDN 1,567. 1,724. 1,802. 2,259. 2,548. 3,437.42� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57423SDN 1,651. 1,815. 1,897. 2,315. 2,608. 3,523.48� 3/4� 57� BD2HK57483SDN 1,789. 1,971. 2,058. 2,475. 2,790. 3,764.

64�h hybrid kitbox/box/file drawers wtih sliding door

30� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64303SDN 1,507. 1,655. 1,733. 2,183. 2,462. 3,324.36� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64363SDN 1,588. 1,746. 1,827. 2,284. 2,573. 3,473.42� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64423SDN 1,674. 1,840. 1,925. 2,339. 2,637. 3,560.48� 3/4� 64� BD2HK64483SDN 1,791. 1,974. 2,060. 2,476. 2,791. 3,766.

71�h hybrid kitbox/box/file drawers wtih sliding door

30� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71303SDN 1,534. 1,687. 1,764. 2,216. 2,495. 3,368.36� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71363SDN 1,602. 1,764. 1,844. 2,300. 2,592. 3,501.42� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71423SDN 1,733. 1,904. 1,990. 2,399. 2,707. 3,654.48� 3/4� 71� BD2HK71483SDN 1,792. 1,975. 2,062. 2,478. 2,794. 3,771.

78�h hybrid kitbox/box/file drawers wtih sliding door

30� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78303SDN 1,562. 1,719. 1,798. 2,244. 2,529. 3,415.36� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78363SDN 1,672. 1,838. 1,923. 2,370. 2,671. 3,608.42� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78423SDN 1,755. 1,932. 2,019. 2,426. 2,735. 3,690.48� 3/4� 78� BD2HK78483SDN 1,798. 1,977. 2,066. 2,711. 3,058. 4,127.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Hybrid fronts are available instandard paint or V1 finishes.

Doors and drawers are available inthe same finish only whenspecifying steel sliding doors.

Hybrid kit includes steel shelf forplacement above drawers.

Lock housings are available ineither black (B) or chrome (CH). Ifordering key-alike, remember toorder cores in a matching finish.

Application Notes

Hybrid kits with sliding doors mayonly be utilized in sectionsmatching the height of the hybridkit.

Veneer grain direction is vertical onall door and drawer fronts.

Template

82

Page 84: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Standard and Slotted Shelves

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 V1 V2 V3

Shelf kit, single 15� 13� 11/16� BC1SH15(S/V) $63. $68. $70. $333. $383. $517.18� 13� 11/16� BC1SH18(S/V) 68. 75. 80. 337. 390. 525.23� 13� 11/16� BC1SH23(S/V) 83. 90. 95. 349. 402. 543.24� 13� 11/16� BC1SH24(S/V) 83. 90. 95. 349. 402. 543.29� 13� 11/16� BC1SH29(S/V) 90. 98. 105. 360. 415. 560.30� 13� 11/16� BC1SH30(S/V) 90. 98. 105. 360. 417. 563.36� 13� 11/16� BC1SH36(S/V) 96. 107. 111. 372. 427. 578.42� 13� 11/16� BC1SH42(S/V) 109. 119. 124. 383. 441. 593.48� 13� 11/16� BC1SH48(S/V) 109. 120. 125. 401. 460. 620.60� 13� 11/16� BC1SH60(S/V) 168. 184. 193. 443. 509. 692.72� 13� 11/16� BC1SH72(S/V) 173. 191. 200. 449. 517. 698.

Shelf kit, package of 5 15� 13� 11/16� BC1SH515(S/V) 299. 329. 344. 1,099. 1,264. 1,705.18� 13� 11/16� BC1SH518(S/V) 329. 360. 376. 1,125. 1,294. 1,746.23� 13� 11/16� BC1SH523(S/V) 401. 442. 460. 1,185. 1,362. 1,839.24� 13� 11/16� BC1SH524(S/V) 401. 442. 460. 1,189. 1,366. 1,845.29� 13� 11/16� BC1SH529(S/V) 442. 486. 507. 1,241. 1,429. 1,928.30� 13� 11/16� BC1SH530(S/V) 443. 486. 507. 1,247. 1,436. 1,938.36� 13� 11/16� BC1SH536(S/V) 473. 522. 545. 1,297. 1,493. 2,016.42� 13� 11/16� BC1SH542(S/V) 532. 587. 613. 1,347. 1,550. 2,094.48� 13� 11/16� BC1SH548(S/V) 536. 588. 614. 1,442. 1,659. 2,240.60� 13� 11/16� BC1SH560(S/V) 846. 932. 975. 1,640. 1,888. 2,552.72� 13� 11/16� BC1SH572(S/V) 854. 939. 983. 1,646. 1,894. 2,558.

Slotted shelf kit 23� 13� 11/16� BC1SSHK23 137. 150. 158. n/a24� 13� 11/16� BC1SSHK24 137. 150. 158. n/a29� 13� 11/16� BC1SSHK29 152. 168. 174. n/a30� 13� 11/16� BC1SSHK30 152. 168. 174. n/a36� 13� 11/16� BC1SSHK36 186. 204. 213. n/a42� 13� 11/16� BC1SSHK42 202. 222. 233. n/a48� 13� 11/16� BC1SSHK48 205. 225. 237. n/a

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Steel shelf includes shelf bracketsin matching paint finish.

Specify veneer finish for veneershelf as well as paint finish forveneer shelf brackets.

Application Notes

Shelves are non-handed andnon-sided for simple specificationand installation.

Each shelf includes a pair ofnon-handed hanging brackets.

Slotted shelf includes a slotted steelshelf and slotted shelf backdesigned to accept slotted shelfpartitions (ordered separately)

Template

83

Page 85: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Coat Rod Shelf

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Coat Rod Shelf 24� 13� 11/13� BC1CSH24 $149. $163. $171.30� 13� 11/13� BC1CSH30 160. 175. 183.36� 13� 11/13� BC1CSH36 172. 190. 198.42� 13� 11/13� BC1CSH42 217. 239. 250.48� 13� 11/13� BC1CSH48 233. 256. 267.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Coat Rod Shelf includes shelfbrackets in matching paint finish.

Coat rod is painted black.

Application Notes

Coat rod shelf provides afront-to-back coat rod for use withstandard coat hangers (notincluded).

24�w, 30�w and 36�w shelvesinclude a single, centered coat rod.42�w and 48�w shelves include twocoat rods positioned in from the endor mid panel at an equal distance.

Each coat rod provides 12� ofhanging depth.

Coat rod shelves are non-handedand non-sided and may be accessedfrom either side of the cabinet.

Template

84

Page 86: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Worksurface Shelvessingle and double sided

description w d h pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2 V3

Worksurface shelf, single sidedfor use where back side of worksurface shelf iscovered by a back

18� 14� 11/4� BC1WSHK118(L/V) $155. $185. $329. $378. $509.24� 14� 11/4� BC1WSHK124(L/V) 174. 218. 338. 391. 527.30� 14� 11/4� BC1WSHK130(L/V) 191. 250. 349. 403. 543.36� 14� 11/4� BC1WSHK136(L/V) 230. 317. 358. 413. 555.42� 14� 11/4� BC1WSHK142(L/V) 236. 324. 368. 421. 568.48� 14� 11/4� BC1WSHK148(L/V) 242. 331. 378. 434. 588.60� 14� 11/4� BC1WSHK160(L/V) 266. 355. 402. 458. 610.72� 14� 11/4� BC1WSHK172(L/V) 277. 368. 414. 468. 621.

Worksurface shelf, double sidedfor use when there is a pass-throughlocated directly above the worksurface shelf.

18� 15� 11/4� BC1WSHK218(L/V) 159. 189. 324. 374. 504.24� 15� 11/4� BC1WSHK224(L/V) 177. 222. 333. 383. 519.30� 15� 11/4� BC1WSHK230(L/V) 194. 254. 343. 395. 532.36� 15� 11/4� BC1WSHK236(L/V) 234. 321. 353. 405. 546.42� 15� 11/4� BC1WSHK242(L/V) 239. 328. 362. 416. 560.48� 15� 11/4� BC1WSHK248(L/V) 245. 334. 374. 428. 578.60� 15� 11/4� BC1WSHK260(L/V) 269. 358. 396. 454. 603.72� 15� 11/4� BC1WSHK272(L/V) 280. 371. 410. 464. 614.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Worksurface shelves are availablein laminate or veneer only and shipwith a pair of black brackets forplacement at either worksurfaceheight or credenza height.

L1 laminate colors include:114-Folkstone Grey117-Soft Grey118-Bright White119-Pumice

L2 finishes include all otherstandard Knoll core laminatefinishes.

Application Notes

Worksurface shelves are 11/4� thickto match thickness of standardTemplate or matching systemworksurfaces.

Worksurface shelf is required forattachment of perpendicularworksurface.

Worksurface shelf must be utilizedwhen supporting a perpendicularworksurface utilizing a credenzaspacer.

Template

85

Page 87: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Shelf Kit, 15�h and 20�h, steelfor 60�w and 72�w sections

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

15�h upper shelf kitIncludes one steel shelf and one center locatedsteel structural septum

60� 15� BC2USK1560(S/L/V) $329. $362. $378.72� 15� BC2USK1572(S/L/V) 334. 369. 386.

20�h upper shelf kitIncludes two steel shelf and one center locatedsteel structural septum

60� 20� BC2USK2060(S/L/V) 499. 548. 573.72� 20� BC2USK2072(S/L/V) 504. 553. 579.

15�h upper shelf kit, one sided, split widthFor use as open bookcase or with one or two halfwidth sliding door or hinged door kits. Includesone steel shelf and one 15�h center located steelstructural septum

60� 15� BC2USK15601(S/L/V) 434. 478. 499.72� 15� BC2USK15721(S/L/V) 436. 479. 500.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information Application Notes

Upper shelf kit must be mated withupper back(s) of the same heightand width.

Upper shelf kit is required on all60�w or 72�w openings.

Note: 15�h and 20�h sliding doorand hinged door kits in 30� and36� widths being utilized in eitherone sided or two sided split widthapplications will still come with amatching width shelf that will notbe needed but may still be utilizedin another opening matching thatwidth.

One Sided, Full Width - Includes arecessed structural septum and isdesigned to remain open or accept afull width (60�w x 72�w) sliding doorkit. Will not accept hinged doorkits. Full width matching heightback kit must be ordered separately.

One Sided, Split Width - Includes aone sided structural septum and isdesigned to remain open or accept ahalf width (30�w for 60� kit or 36�wfor 72� kit) sliding door or hingedoor kit on one or both sides of theseptum. Full width matching heightback kit must be ordered separately.

Two Sided, Split Width - Includes atwo sided structural septum and isdesigned to remain open or accept ahalf width (30�w for 60� kit or 62�wfor 72� kit) sliding door or hingedoor kit on one of both sides of theseptum on opposite sides of the caseopening to create a sharedoverhead. Two half width (30�w for60� kit or 36�w for 72� kit) matchingheight back kits must be orderedseparately.

Template

86

Page 88: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Shelf Kit, 15�h and 20�h, steelfor 60�w and 72�w sections

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

20�h upper shelf kit, one sided, split widthFor use as open bookcase or with one or two halfwidth sliding door or hinged door kits. Includesone full width steel shelf, two half width steelshelves and one 20�h center located steelstructural septum

60� 20� BC2USK20601(S/L/V) $626. $689. $720.72� 20� BC2USK20721(S/L/V) 643. 708. 740.

15�h upper shelf kit, two sided, split widthFor use as a shared open bookcase or with one ortwo half width sliding door or hinged door kits.Includes one steel shelf and one 15�h centerlocated steel structural septum

60� 15� BC2USK15602(S/L/V) 437. 480. 502.72� 15� BC2USK15722(S/L/V) 444. 488. 509.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information Application Notes

Upper shelf kit must be mated withupper back(s) of the same heightand width.

Upper shelf kit is required on all60�w or 72�w openings.

Note: 15�h and 20�h sliding doorand hinged door kits in 30� and36� widths being utilized in eitherone sided or two sided split widthapplications will still come with amatching width shelf that will notbe needed but may still be utilizedin another opening matching thatwidth.

One Sided, Full Width - Includes arecessed structural septum and isdesigned to remain open or accept afull width (60�w x 72�w) sliding doorkit. Will not accept hinged doorkits. Full width matching heightback kit must be ordered separately.

One Sided, Split Width - Includes aone sided structural septum and isdesigned to remain open or accept ahalf width (30�w for 60� kit or 36�wfor 72� kit) sliding door or hingedoor kit on one or both sides of theseptum. Full width matching heightback kit must be ordered separately.

Two Sided, Split Width - Includes atwo sided structural septum and isdesigned to remain open or accept ahalf width (30�w for 60� kit or 62�wfor 72� kit) sliding door or hingedoor kit on one of both sides of theseptum on opposite sides of the caseopening to create a sharedoverhead. Two half width (30�w for60� kit or 36�w for 72� kit) matchingheight back kits must be orderedseparately.

Template

87

Page 89: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Upper Shelf Kit, 15�h and 20�h, steelfor 60�w and 72�w sections

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

20�h upper shelf kit, two sided, split widthFor use as a shared open bookcase or with one ortwo half width sliding door or hinged door kits.Includes one full width steel shelf, two half widthsteel shelves and one 20�h center located steelstructural septum

60� 15� BC2USK20602(S/L/V) $629. $691. $723.72� 15� BC2USK20722(S/L/V) 646. 710. 743.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information Application Notes

Upper shelf kit must be mated withupper back(s) of the same heightand width.

Upper shelf kit is required on all60�w or 72�w openings.

Note: 15�h and 20�h sliding doorand hinged door kits in 30� and36� widths being utilized in eitherone sided or two sided split widthapplications will still come with amatching width shelf that will notbe needed but may still be utilizedin another opening matching thatwidth.

One Sided, Full Width - Includes arecessed structural septum and isdesigned to remain open or accept afull width (60�w x 72�w) sliding doorkit. Will not accept hinged doorkits. Full width matching heightback kit must be ordered separately.

One Sided, Split Width - Includes aone sided structural septum and isdesigned to remain open or accept ahalf width (30�w for 60� kit or 36�wfor 72� kit) sliding door or hingedoor kit on one or both sides of theseptum. Full width matching heightback kit must be ordered separately.

Two Sided, Split Width - Includes atwo sided structural septum and isdesigned to remain open or accept ahalf width (30�w for 60� kit or 62�wfor 72� kit) sliding door or hingedoor kit on one of both sides of theseptum on opposite sides of the caseopening to create a sharedoverhead. Two half width (30�w for60� kit or 36�w for 72� kit) matchingheight back kits must be orderedseparately.

Template

88

Page 90: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Shelf Dividerspackage of 14�h, 5�h, 6�h, 7�h, 12�h, 13�h and 14�h

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Shelf divider, 4�h single 1� 13� 43/16� BC1SDIV4 $117. $130. $135.

Shelf divider, 5�h single 1� 13� 51/4� BC1SDIV5 118. 131. 137.

Shelf divider, 6�h single 1� 13� 65/16� BC1SDIV6 119. 132. 132.

Shelf divider, 7�h single 1� 13� 73/8� BC1SDIV7 119. 132. 132.

Shelf divider, 12h single 1� 13� 1115/16� BC1SDIV12 124. 138. 146.

Shelf divider, 13h single 1� 13� 125/8� BC1SDIV13 125. 139. 147.

Shelf divider, 14h single 1� 13� 1311/16� BC1SDIV14 129. 141. 148.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Shelf dividers work with painted orveneer shelves.

Dividers are non-handed andinclude shelf slots on one side foradditional shelf division.

Application Notes

Shelf divider is adjustable in thefield for use with either steel orveneer shelf or top position above it.

Slots on shelf divider may only beused to support a shelf on thedivider and an adjacent end or midpanel.

A shelf may NOT be supportedbetween two shelf dividers.

Shelf dividers are not designed to beplaced directly above a worksurfaceshelf at worksurface height.

Template

89

Page 91: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Shelf Dividerspackage of 44�h, 5�h, 6�h and 7�h

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Shelf divider, 4�h package of 4 1� 13� 43/16� BC1SDIV44 $364. $401. $419.

Shelf divider, 5�h package of 4 1� 13� 51/4� BC1SDIV54 370. 408. 424.

Shelf divider, 6�h package of 4 1� 13� 65/16� BC1SDIV64 373. 413. 428.

Shelf divider, 7�h package of 4 1� 13� 73/8� BC1SDIV74 377. 417. 438.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Shelf dividers work with painted orveneer shelves.

Dividers are non-handed andinclude shelf slots on one side foradditional shelf division.

Application Notes

Shelf divider is adjustable in thefield for use with either steel orveneer shelf or top position above it.

Slots on shelf divider may only beused to support a shelf on thedivider and an adjacent end or midpanel.

A shelf may NOT be supportedbetween two shelf dividers.

Shelf dividers are not designed to beplaced directly above a worksurfaceshelf at worksurface height.

Template

90

Page 92: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Shelf Dividerspackage of 412�h, 13�h and 14�h

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Shelf divider, 12�h package of 4 1� 13� 1115/16� BC1SDIV124 $402. $443. $463.

Shelf divider, 13�h package of 4 1� 13� 125/8� BC1SDIV134 403. 444. 463.

Shelf divider, 14�h package of 4 1� 13� 1311/16� BC1SDIV144 410. 449. 468.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Shelf dividers work with painted orveneer shelves.

Dividers are non-handed andinclude shelf slots on one side foradditional shelf division.

Application Notes

Shelf divider is adjustable in thefield for use with either steel orveneer shelf or top position above it.

Slots on shelf divider may only beused to support a shelf on thedivider and an adjacent end or midpanel.

A shelf may NOT be supportedbetween two shelf dividers.

Shelf dividers are not designed to beplaced directly above a worksurfaceshelf at worksurface height.

Template

91

Page 93: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Shelf Dividerspackage of 84�h, 5�h, 6�h and 7�h

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Shelf divider, 4�h package of 8 1� 13� 43/16� BC1SDIV48 $683. $750. $784.

Shelf divider, 5�h package of 8 1� 13� 51/4� BC1SDIV58 692. 759. 794.

Shelf divider, 6�h package of 8 1� 13� 65/16� BC1SDIV68 702. 772. 806.

Shelf divider, 7�h package of 8 1� 13� 73/8� BC1SDIV78 710. 781. 817.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Shelf dividers work with painted orveneer shelves.

Dividers are non-handed andinclude shelf slots on one side foradditional shelf division.

Application Notes

Shelf divider is adjustable in thefield for use with either steel orveneer shelf or top position above it.

Slots on shelf divider may only beused to support a shelf on thedivider and an adjacent end or midpanel.

A shelf may NOT be supportedbetween two shelf dividers.

Shelf dividers are not designed to beplaced directly above a worksurfaceshelf at worksurface height.

Template

92

Page 94: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Shelf Dividerspackage of 812�h, 13�h and 14�h

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Shelf divider, 12�h package of 8 1� 13� 1115/16� BC1SDIV128 $756. $832. $868.

Shelf divider, 13�h package of 8 1� 13� 125/8� BC1SDIV138 758. 833. 872.

Shelf divider, 14�h package of 8 1� 13� 1311/16� BC1SDIV148 770. 844. 882.

Order Code

Example:

Specification Information

Shelf dividers work with painted orveneer shelves.

Dividers are non-handed andinclude shelf slots on one side foradditional shelf division.

Application Notes

Shelf divider is adjustable in thefield for use with either steel orveneer shelf or top position above it.

Slots on shelf divider may only beused to support a shelf on thedivider and an adjacent end or midpanel.

A shelf may NOT be supportedbetween two shelf dividers.

Shelf dividers are not designed to beplaced directly above a worksurfaceshelf at worksurface height.

Template

93

Page 95: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Base Infeed, Base Power Transfer Block,Base Power Duplex Block, Base Duplex, Base Power Jumperand Knockout Cover 8-wire Power

description w d h pattern no. list

Base infeed, 72� 72� BE2BI872 $274.

Base infeed, 72� for New York 72� BE2BI872NY 274.

Base infeed, 72� for San Francisco 72� BE2BI872SF 274.

Base power transfer block BE2BTB8 47.

Base power duplex block BE2BDB8 108.

Base duplex (plg. of 6) BE2BDUP6(1/2/3/3D/4D) 192.

Base power jumper 24� BE2BPJ824 149.30� BE2BPJ830 158.36� BE2BPJ836 168.42� BE2BPJ842 175.48� BE2BPJ848 181.54� BE2BPJ854 184.60� BE2BPJ860 188.66� BE2BPJ866 202.72� BE2BPJ872 206.78� BE2BPJ878 214.84� BE2BPJ884 219.90� BE2BPJ890 226.96� BE2BPJ896 230.102� BE2BPJ8102 236.108� BE2BPJ8108 240.114� BE2BPJ8114 244.120� BE2BPJ8120 246.

Desk height knockout cover,package of 10

BE2KC10 76.

Order Code

Example:

Application Notes

Base infeed is designed to feed intoan end panel with base infeedknockouts specified. There is roomfor two base infeeds at each endpanel.

Base power transfer block providesfour transition points to receive aninfeed, a base power jumper ordesk-height power module.

Base power duplex block providesfour transition points to receive aninfeed, a base power jumper ordesk-height power module as wellas a single base duplex on one orboth sides of the block.

NOTE: When utilizing baseduplexes, an electrical base withgrommets must be ordered toaccommodate wire access.

Base power jumper lengths arecomputed by adding the width ofbases you are connecting to anddivide by two and then add the fullwidth of any bases that may be inbetween the ones being connected.If distance between connectionsexceeds 72�, specify a base powerblock and an additional jumper toobtain the length desired.

Knockout cover is available in allcore paint finishes.

Template

94

Page 96: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Desk-Height Power Modules ( one circuit)Circuits 1, 2, 3 and 4D (3+1)Circuits 1, 2, 3D and 4D (2+2)

description w d h pattern no. list

Desk-height power module, data/data 13� 3� 11/2� BE2EPM8DD(1/2/3/3D/4D) $368.

Desk-height power module, data/iPod� 13� 3� 11/2� BE2EPM8DP(1/2/3/3D/4D) 821.

Desk-height power module, iPod�/data 13� 3� 11/2� BE2EPM8PD(1/2/3/3D/4D) 821.

Desk-height power module, data/USB 13� 3� 11/2� BE2EPM8DU(1/2/3/3D/4D) 588.

Desk-height power module, USB/data 13� 3� 11/2� BE2EPM8UD(1/2/3/3D/4D) 588.

Desk-height power module, iPod�/USB 13� 3� 11/2� BE2EPM8PU(1/2/3/3D/4D) 1,050.

Desk-height power module, USB/iPod� 13� 3� 11/2� BE2EPM8UP(1/2/3/3D/4D) 1,050.

iPod� is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. registered in the U.S. and other countries.

Order Code

Example:

Application Notes

Desk-height power modules areavailable in single circutdesignations per module.

Modules include a power jumperpigtail long enough to reach thecenter of any base from either anabove desk height or below deskheight position.

Desk-height power modules includemounting bracket to positionmodule just above or just belowdesk height.

All desk height power modulesinclude 4 simplexes in the center ofeach module. The remaining twosimplex locations on either side areconfigured from left to right per thepattern number designation.

D=2 data jack positonsP=iPod� dockU=USB hub

Data jack comes with a variety ofbezels to accept the most commondata modules as wall as RGB andmicrophone jacks.

iPod� dock includes headphoneplug.

USB hub module provides 4powered USB jacks offering ashared total of 500mA for data orpowered USB access.

Template

95

Page 97: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Desk-Height Power Modules ( two circuits)Circuits 1, 2, 3 and 4D (3+1)Circuits 1, 2, 3D and 4D (2+2)

description w d h pattern no. list

Desk-height power module, data/data 13� 3� 11/2� BE2EPM8DD(14D/24D/34D/13D/23D) $419.

Desk-height power module, data/iPod� 13� 3� 11/2� BE2EPM8DP(14D/24D/34D/13D/23D) 874.

Desk-height power module, data/USB 13� 3� 11/2� BE2EPM8DU(14D/24D/34D/13D/23D) 639.

Desk-height power module, iPod�/data 13� 3� 11/2� BE2EPM8PD(14D/24D/34D/13D/23D) 874.

Desk-height power module, iPod�/USB 13� 3� 11/2� BE2EPM8PU(14D/24D/34D/13D/23D) 1,104.

Desk-height power module, USB/data 13� 3� 11/2� BE2EPM8UD(14D/24D/34D/13D/23D) 639.

Desk-height power module, USB/iPod� 13� 3� 11/2� BE2EPM8UP(14D/24D/34D/13D/23D) 1,104.

iPod� is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. registered in the U.S. and other countries.

Order Code

Example:

Application Notes

Desk-height power modules areavailable in single circutdesignations per module.

Modules include a power jumperpigtail long enough to reach thecenter of any base from either anabove desk height or below deskheight position.

Desk-height power modules includemounting bracket to positionmodule just above or just belowdesk height.

All desk height power modulesinclude 4 simplexes in the center ofeach module. The remaining twosimplex locations on either side areconfigured from left to right per thepattern number designation.

D=2 data jack positonsP=iPod� dockU=USB hub

Data jack comes with a variety ofbezels to accept the most commondata modules as wall as RGB andmicrophone jacks.

iPod� dock includes headphoneplug.

USB hub module provides 4powered USB jacks offering ashared total of 500mA for data orpowered USB access.

Dual circuit boxes split the 4simplex outlets in the circuit optionsas listed in the pattern number.(example: suffix ‘‘14D’’ will providecircuit 1 on three simplexes andcircuit 4D on the remaining simplex)

Template

96

Page 98: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Worksurface Mount Power Moduleswith three-prong plug

description w d h pattern no. list

Worksurface mount data/electricalIncludes two data openings and two electricalsimplexes

8� 21/2� 3� BE2WMDE72C(W/B) $314.

Worksurface mount USB/electricalIncludes powered USB hub and two electricalsimplexes

8� 21/2� 3� BE2WMUE72C(W/B) 662.

Worksurface mount iPod�/electricalIncludes powered iPod� dock and two electricalsimplexes

8� 21/2� 3� BE2WMPE72C(W/B) 852.

iPod� is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. registered in the U.S. and other countries.

Order Code

Example: BE2WMDE72CWBE Template electrical2 Generation 2WM Worksurface mountDE Data/electrical72C 72� cordW White

Specification Information

Worksurface mount electricalmodules are available in eitherwhite (W) or black (B). Colorapplies to the face and ends of theunit. The body finish is clearaluminum.

Data, USB hub and iPod dock arelocated on left side of the moduleand electrical simplexes are on theright.

Application Notes

Worksurface mount electricalmodules clamp to the back edge ofworksurface and include a 72� longcord with standard three-prong plug.

Data/electrical module - Includestwo dataopenings and two electricalsimplexes. Data plugsare fieldconnected and installed. Unitincludesbezels to accommodatemajority of data plugoptionsavailable as well as RGB andmicrophoneplugs. Access for datacords is located on theunderside ofmodule.

USB/electrical module - USB hubmodule provides 4 powered USBjacks offering a shared total of500mA for data or powered USBaccess.

iPod/electrical module - IncludesiPoddock with front accessheadphone jack. iPod dock ispowered.

Template

97

Page 99: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Worksurface Mount Power Moduleswith modular jumper end

description w d h pattern no. list

Worksurface mount data/electricalIncludes two data openings and two electricalsimplexes

8� 21/2� 3� BE2WMDE(1/2/3/3D/4D)108J(W/B) $314.

Worksurface mount USB/electricalIncludes powered USB hub and two electricalsimplexes

8� 21/2� 3� BE2WMUE(1/2/3/3D/4D)108J(W/B) 662.

Worksurface mount iPod�/electricalIncludes powered iPod� dock and two electricalsimplexes

8� 21/2� 3� BE2WMPE(1/2/3/3D/4D)108J(W/B) 852.

iPod� is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. registered in the U.S. and other countries.

Example: BE2WMDE108JWBE Template electrical2 Generation 2WM Worksurface mountDE Data/electrical108J 108� jumpterW White

Specification Information

Worksurface mount electricalmodules are available in eitherwhite (W) or black (B). Colorapplies to the face and ends of theunit. The body finish is clearaluminum.

Data, USB hub and iPod� dock arelocated on left side of the moduleand electrical simplexes are on theright.

Application Notes

Worksurface mount electricalmodules clamp to the back edge ofworksurface and include a 108� longmetal conduit with modular jumperend to connect to Template power.

Modules are designed for use with28�h full backs with grommet andcorresponding end or mid panelspecified with electrical access.

Jumper feeds through grommet andinto below worksurface electricalknockout in end or mid panel so itmay be routed into Template base toconnect to Template electricalcomponents.

The 108� jumper length providesenough room to connect in a 48�wbase, travel up to worksurfaceheight and position the module on aperpendicular worksurface up to 48�from the Template wall.

To compute the maximum distancethe module may be placed on theworksurface from the perpendicularTemplate spine, take 108 andsubtract the combination of one-halfsimplexes are on the right. the basewidth and 36.

Ex. When connecting to a 42�w base108 - (21+36) = up to 51� from theTemplate spine.

NOTE: Calculation providesmaximum distance fromperpendicular Template spine.Module may be placed closer to thespine with conduit slack taken up inthe end/mid panel or base.

Data/electrical module - Includestwo data openings and two electricalsimplexes. Data plugs are fieldconnected and installed. Unitincludes bezels to accommodatemajority of data plug optionsavailable as well as RGB andmicrophone plugs. Access for datacords is located on the underside ofmodule.USB/electrical module - USB hubmodule provides 4 powered USBjacks offering a shared total of500mA for data or powered USBaccess.iPod/electrical module - IncludesiPod dock with front accessheadphone jack. iPod dock ispowered.

Template

98

Page 100: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Worksurface Mount Receptacle BlockSingle duplex block

description w pattern no. list

Worksurface mount receptacle block BE2WMBD $109.

Base duplex (plg. of 6) BE2BDUP6(1/2/3/3D/4D) 192.

Base power jumper 24� BE2BPJ824 149.30� BE2BPJ830 158.36� BE2BPJ836 168.42� BE2BPJ842 175.48� BE2BPJ848 181.54� BE2BPJ854 184.60� BE2BPJ860 188.66� BE2BPJ866 202.72� BE2BPJ872 206.78� BE2BPJ878 214.84� BE2BPJ884 219.90� BE2BPJ890 226.96� BE2BPJ896 230.102� BE2BPJ8102 236.108� BE2BPJ8108 240.114� BE2BPJ8114 244.120� BE2BPJ8120 246.

Order Code

Example: BE2WMBDBE Template electrical2 Generation 2WM Worksurface mountBD Block for duplex

Specification Information

Available in black only.

Application Notes

Duplex block includes underworksurface mounting bracket aswell as three P-clips for positioningconduit to underside of worksurfaceand against inside of end/mid panel.

Duplex block is designed for usewith 28�h full backs with grommetand corresponding end or mid panelspecified with electrical access.

A jumper feeds through grommetand into below worksurfaceelectrical knock-out in end or midpanel so it may be routed intoTemplate base to connect toTemplate electrical components.

To complete the jumper lengthrequired to connect the duplexblock to an adjacent base, add thedistance from the block to theTemplate wall, 36� to travel to thebase and one-half the base width toreach a base power transfer block.Round up the next jumper size ifdimension required does not equalan existing jumper length.

Ex. To place a duplex block in themiddle of a 60� worksurfaceconnected to a Template spine with42�w base.

30� + 36� + 21� = 87�(90� jumperwould be utilized)

Template

99

Page 101: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Transition JumpersDividends to Template

description type pattern no. list

Dividends to Template transition jumper, 3+1 for 15�w Template base BE2DTJ822 $273.for 18�w Template base BE2DTJ825 281.for 24�w Template base BE2DTJ828 289.for 30�w Template base BE2DTJ831 295.for 36�w Template base BE2DTJ834 302.for 42�w Template base BE2DTJ837 310.for 48�w Template base BE2DTJ840 316.

Dividends to Template transition jumper, 2+2 for 15�w Template base BE2DTJ822-2 273.for 18�w Template base BE2DTJ825-2 281.for 24�w Template base BE2DTJ828-2 289.for 30�w Template base BE2DTJ831-2 295.for 34�w Template base BE2DTJ834-2 302.for 42�w Template base BE2DTJ837-2 310.for 48�w Template base BE2DTJ840-2 316.

Order Code

Example:

Application Notes

Jumper length assumes connectionfrom Dividends panel electrical,through 15�w Dividends panel, intoTemplate base

Template

100

Page 102: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Rectangular Worksurfaces18�d

description w d h pattern no. laminate V1 V2 V3

Rectangular worksurface, 18�Template depth

36� 16� 11/4� BW1R3618T(L/V) $204. $439. $504. $681.42� 16� 11/4� BW1R4218T(L/V) 237. 460. 528. 713.48� 16� 11/4� BW1R4818T(L/V) 264. 477. 547. 740.54� 16� 11/4� BW1R5418T(L/V) 280. 495. 568. 767.60� 16� 11/4� BW1R6018T(L/V) 306. 534. 616. 833.66� 16� 11/4� BW1R6618T(L/V) 329. 552. 636. 858.72� 16� 11/4� BW1R7218T(L/V) 347. 580. 669. 903.78� 16� 11/4� BW1R7818T(L/V) 373. 589. 675. 910.84� 16� 11/4� BW1R8418T(L/V) 392. 629. 722. 975.

Rectangular worksurface, 18�Pedestal depth

36� 171/2� 11/4� BW1R3618P(L/V) 204. 439. 504. 681.42� 171/2� 11/4� BW1R4218P(L/V) 237. 460. 528. 713.48� 171/2� 11/4� BW1R4818P(L/V) 264. 477. 547. 740.54� 171/2� 11/4� BW1R5418P(L/V) 280. 495. 568. 767.60� 171/2� 11/4� BW1R6018P(L/V) 306. 534. 616. 833.66� 171/2� 11/4� BW1R6618P(L/V) 329. 552. 636. 858.72� 171/2� 11/4� BW1R7218P(L/V) 347. 580. 669. 903.78� 171/2� 11/4� BW1R7818P(L/V) 373. 589. 675. 910.84� 171/2� 11/4� BW1R8418P(L/V) 392. 629. 722. 975.

Order Code

Example:

Application Notes

Template depth worksurfaces aredesigned to mount perpendicular toworksurface shelves whose widthmatches that of the worksurface’sdepth.

Pedestal depth worksurfacesmatches standard systemworksurface depths (acutalminus1/2�) and may mount toworksurface shelves whose width isa least 6� wider than the depth ofthe perpendicular worksurface.

Worksurface mounts to aperpendicular worksurface shelfwith a flat bracket (orderedseparately).

Worksurface will only mount to aperpendicular worksurface shelf.

Template

101

Page 103: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Rectangular Worksurfaces24�d

description w d h pattern no. laminate V1 V2 V3

Rectangular worksurface, 24�dTemplate depth

36� 22� 11/4� BW1R3624T(L/V) $235. $469. $541. $730.42� 22� 11/4� BW1R4224T(L/V) 269. 483. 555. 750.48� 22� 11/4� BW1R4824T(L/V) 300. 520. 599. 806.54� 22� 11/4� BW1R5424T(L/V) 327. 552. 636. 858.60� 22� 11/4� BW1R6024T(L/V) 353. 595. 684. 922.66� 22� 11/4� BW1R6624T(L/V) 380. 612. 704. 948.72� 22� 11/4� BW1R7224T(L/V) 396. 639. 734. 991.78� 22� 11/4� BW1R7824T(L/V) 425. 669. 769. 1,037.84� 22� 11/4� BW1R8424T(L/V) 450. 697. 800. 1,083.

Rectangular worksurface, 24�dPedestal depth

36� 231/2� 11/4� BW1R3624P(L/V) 235. 469. 541. 730.42� 231/2� 11/4� BW1R4224P(L/V) 269. 483. 555. 750.48� 231/2� 11/4� BW1R4824P(L/V) 300. 520. 599. 806.54� 231/2� 11/4� BW1R5424P(L/V) 327. 552. 636. 858.60� 231/2� 11/4� BW1R6024P(L/V) 353. 595. 684. 922.66� 231/2� 11/4� BW1R6624P(L/V) 380. 612. 704. 948.72� 231/2� 11/4� BW1R7224P(L/V) 396. 639. 734. 991.78� 231/2� 11/4� BW1R7824P(L/V) 425. 669. 769. 1,037.84� 231/2� 11/4� BW1R8424P(L/V) 450. 697. 800. 1,083.

Order Code

Example:

Application Notes

Template depth worksurfaces aredesigned to mount perpendicular toworksurface shelves whose widthmatches that of the worksurface’sdepth.

Pedestal depth worksurfacesmatches standard systemworksurface depths (acutalminus1/2�) and may mount toworksurface shelves whose width isa least 6� wider than the depth ofthe perpendicular worksurface.

Worksurface mounts to aperpendicular worksurface shelfwith a flat bracket (orderedseparately).

Worksurface will only mount to aperpendicular worksurface shelf.

Template

102

Page 104: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Rectangular Worksurfaces30�d and 36�d

description w d h pattern no. laminate V1 V2 V3

Rectangular worksurface, 30�dTemplate depth

36� 28� 11/4� BW1R3630T(L/V) $291. $526. $607. $817.42� 28� 11/4� BW1R4230T(L/V) 317. 546. 629. 847.48� 28� 11/4� BW1R4830T(L/V) 353. 582. 671. 906.54� 28� 11/4� BW1R5430T(L/V) 400. 633. 727. 980.60� 28� 11/4� BW1R6030T(L/V) 440. 654. 752. 1,015.66� 28� 11/4� BW1R6630T(L/V) 488. 668. 768. 1,036.72� 28� 11/4� BW1R7230T(L/V) 508. 685. 788. 1,064.78� 28� 11/4� BW1R7830T(L/V) 543. 717. 825. 1,114.84� 28� 11/4� BW1R8430T(L/V) 575. 746. 858. 1,159.

Rectangular worksurface, 30�dPedestal depth

36� 291/2� 11/4� BW1R3630P(L/V) 291. 526. 607. 817.42� 291/2� 11/4� BW1R4230P(L/V) 317. 546. 629. 847.48� 291/2� 11/4� BW1R4830P(L/V) 353. 582. 671. 906.54� 291/2� 11/4� BW1R5430P(L/V) 400. 633. 727. 980.60� 291/2� 11/4� BW1R6030P(L/V) 440. 654. 752. 1,015.66� 291/2� 11/4� BW1R6630P(L/V) 488. 668. 768. 1,036.72� 291/2� 11/4� BW1R7230P(L/V) 508. 685. 788. 1,064.78� 291/2� 11/4� BW1R7830P(L/V) 543. 717. 825. 1,114.84� 291/2� 11/4� BW1R8430P(L/V) 575. 746. 858. 1,159.

Rectangular worksurface, 36�dTemplate depth

60� 34� 11/4� BW1R6036T(L/V) 564. 754. 868. 1,172.66� 34� 11/4� BW1R6636T(L/V) 622. 780. 898. 1,211.72� 34� 11/4� BW1R7236T(L/V) 686. 806. 929. 1,254.

Rectangular worksurface, 36�dPedestal depth

60� 351/2� 11/4� BW1R6036P(L/V) 564. 754. 868. 1,172.66� 351/2� 11/4� BW1R6636P(L/V) 622. 780. 898. 1,211.72� 351/2� 11/4� BW1R7236P(L/V) 686. 806. 929. 1,254.

Order Code

Example:

Application Notes

Template depth worksurfaces aredesigned to mount perpendicular toworksurface shelves whose widthmatches that of the worksurface’sdepth.

Pedestal depth worksurfacesmatches standard systemworksurface depths (acutalminus1/2�) and may mount toworksurface shelves whose width isa least 6� wider than the depth ofthe perpendicular worksurface.

Worksurface mounts to aperpendicular worksurface shelfwith a flat bracket (orderedseparately).

Worksurface will only mount to aperpendicular worksurface shelf.

Template

103

Page 105: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Trapezoid Worksurfaces18�/24�d and 24�/18�d

description w d h pattern no. laminate V1 V2 V3

Trapezoid worksurface, 18�/24�dTemplate depth

48� 16�/22� 11/4� BW1T481824T(L/V) $477. $524. $603. $812.54� 16�/22� 11/4� BW1T541824T(L/V) 489. 539. 620. 838.60� 16�/22� 11/4� BW1T601824T(L/V) 504. 554. 638. 861.72� 16�/22� 11/4� BW1T721824T(L/V) 600. 658. 756. 1,021.

Trapezoid worksurface, 24�/18�dTemplate depth

48� 22�/16� 11/4� BW1T482418T(L/V) 477. 524. 603. 812.54� 22�/16� 11/4� BW1T542418T(L/V) 489. 539. 620. 838.60� 22�/16� 11/4� BW1T602418T(L/V) 504. 554. 638. 861.72� 22�/16� 11/4� BW1T722418T(L/V) 600. 658. 756. 1,021.

Trapezoid worksurface, 18�/24�dPedestal depth

48� 171/2�/231/2� 11/4� BW1T481824P(L/V) 477. 524. 603. 812.54� 171/2�/231/2� 11/4� BW1T541824P(L/V) 489. 539. 620. 838.60� 171/2�/231/2� 11/4� BW1T601824P(L/V) 504. 554. 638. 861.72� 171/2�/231/2� 11/4� BW1T721824P(L/V) 600. 658. 756. 1,021.

Trapezoid worksurface, 24�/18�dPedestal depth

18� 231/2�/171/2� 11/4� BW1T482418P(L/V) 477. 524. 603. 812.54� 231/2�/171/2� 11/4� BW1T542418P(L/V) 489. 539. 620. 838.60� 231/2�/171/2� 11/4� BW1T602418P(L/V) 504. 554. 638. 861.72� 231/2�/171/2� 11/4� BW1T722418P(L/V) 600. 658. 756. 1,021.

Order Code

Example:

Application Notes

Template depth worksurfaces aredesigned to mount perpendicular toworksurface shelves whose widthmatches that of the worksurface’sdepth.

Pedestal depth worksurfacesmatches standard systemworksurface depths (acutalminus1/2�) and may mount toworksurface shelves whose width isa least 6� wider than the depth ofthe perpendicular worksurface.

Worksurface mounts to aperpendicular worksurface shelfwith a flat bracket (orderedseparately).

Worksurface will only mount to aperpendicular worksurface shelf.

Trapezoid worksurface depths areconfigured left to right from the useredge.

The user edge is the angled edge.The back edge is perpendicular toboth ends.

Template

104

Page 106: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Trapezoid Worksurfaces24/30�d and 30�/24�d

description w d h pattern no. laminate V1 V2 V3

Trapezoid worksurface, 24�/30�dTemplate depth

48� 22�/28� 11/4� BW1T482430T(L/V) $576. $636. $730. $985.54� 22�/28� 11/4� BW1T542430T(L/V) 596. 655. 753. 1,016.60� 22�/28� 11/4� BW1T602430T(L/V) 612. 673. 773. 1,043.72� 22�/28� 11/4� BW1T722430T(L/V) 639. 704. 807. 1,092.

Trapezoid worksurface, 30�/24�dTemplate depth

48� 28�/22� 11/4� BW1T483024T(L/V) 576. 636. 730. 985.54� 28�/22� 11/4� BW1T543024T(L/V) 596. 655. 753. 1,016.60� 28�/22� 11/4� BW1T603024T(L/V) 612. 673. 773. 1,043.72� 28�/22� 11/4� BW1T723024T(L/V) 639. 704. 807. 1,092.

Trapezoid worksurface, 24�/30�dPedestal depth

48� 231/2�/291/2� 11/4� BW1T482430P(L/V) 576. 636. 730. 985.54� 231/2�/291/2� 11/4� BW1T542430P(L/V) 596. 655. 753. 1,016.60� 231/2�/291/2� 11/4� BW1T602430P(L/V) 612. 673. 773. 1,043.72� 231/2�/291/2� 11/4� BW1T722430P(L/V) 639. 704. 807. 1,092.

Trapezoid worksurface, 30�/24�dPedestal depth

48� 291/2�/231/2� 11/4� BW1T483024P(L/V) 576. 636. 730. 985.54� 291/2�/231/2� 11/4� BW1T543024P(L/V) 596. 655. 753. 1,016.60� 291/2�/231/2� 11/4� BW1T603024P(L/V) 612. 673. 773. 1,043.72� 291/2�/231/2� 11/4� BW1T723024P(L/V) 639. 704. 807. 1,092.

Order Code

Example:

Application Notes

Template depth worksurfaces aredesigned to mount perpendicular toworksurface shelves whose widthmatches that of the worksurface’sdepth.

Pedestal depth worksurfacesmatches standard systemworksurface depths (acutalminus1/2�) and may mount toworksurface shelves whose width isa least 6� wider than the depth ofthe perpendicular worksurface.

Worksurface mounts to aperpendicular worksurface shelfwith a flat bracket (orderedseparately).

Worksurface will only mount to aperpendicular worksurface shelf.

Trapezoid worksurface depths areconfigured left to right from the useredge.

The user edge is the angled edge.The back edge is perpendicular toboth ends.

Template

105

Page 107: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

120° Worksurfaces24�d

description w d h pattern no. laminate V1 V2 V3

120° worksurface, 24�d, left handTemplate depth

54� 22� 11/4� BW1SL5424T(L/V) $438. $1,401. $1,612. $2,178.60� 22� 11/4� BW1SL6024T(L/V) 455. 1,454. 1,673. 2,259.

120° worksurface, 24�d, right handTemplate depth

54� 22� 11/4� BW1SR5424T(L/V) 438. 1,401. 1,612. 2,178.60� 22� 11/4� BW1SR6024T(L/V) 455. 1,454. 1,673. 2,259.

Order Code

Example:

Application Notes

Template depth worksurfaces aredesigned to mount perpendicular toworksurface shelves whose widthmatches that of the worksurface’sdepth.

Pedestal depth worksurface matchesstandard system worksurface depths(actual minus1/2�) and may mount toworksurface shelves whose width isat least 6� wider than the depth ofthe perpendicular worksurface.

Worksurface mounts to aperpendicular worksurface shelfwith a flat bracket (orderedseparately).

Worksurface will only mount to aperpendicular worksurface shelf.

Width is that of straight back edge.

120° worksurface requires twocolumns for proper support onnon-flat bracketed end.

Template

106

Page 108: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Support Brackets and Support Legs

description w d h pattern no. Black P1 P2 P3

Credenza spacer 43/4� BW1CSB $154. $171. $177.

Flat bracket, single, black only 18� BW1FB18 38.24� BW1FB24 40.30� BW1FB30 42.

Flat bracket, package of 10, black only 18� BW1FB1810 299.24� BW1FB2410 315.30� BW1FB3010 333.

Support column, round, black only 3� BW1SCR 251.

Support leg, pedestal depth 171/2� 11/8� 273/16� BW1SL18P 376. 414. 432.231/2� 11/8� 273/16� BW1SL24P 387. 425. 446.291/2� 11/8� 273/16� BW1SL30P 401. 440. 460.351/2� 11/8� 273/16� BW1SL36P 412. 453. 471.

Support leg, Template depth 16� 11/8� 273/16� BW1SL18T 376. 414. 432.22� 11/8� 273/16� BW1SL24T 387. 425. 446.28� 11/8� 273/16� BW1SL30T 401. 440. 460.34� 11/8� 273/16� BW1SL36T 412. 453. 471.

Worksurface Reinforcement Strap 311/2� BW1WR54 69. n/a n/a n/a371/2� BW1WR60 70. n/a n/a n/a431/2� BW1WR66 74. n/a n/a n/a48� BW1WR72 76. n/a n/a n/a54� BW1WR78 79. n/a n/a n/a60� BW1WR84 81. n/a n/a n/a

Order Code

Example:

Application Notes

Credenza spacer supports aworksurface mounted to a credenzaheight worksurface shelf or to thetop of a credenza height unit.

Flat bracket supports worksurface toperpendicular worksurface shelfand must match the depth of theworksurface.

Support leg supports eitherrectangular or trapezoid shapeworksurface.

Worksurface reinforcement strapsprevent bowing when no othersupport is utilized. Matchunsupported width to width inpattern number to receiveappropriate strap.

Template

107

Page 109: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Worksurface Privacy Screens

description w d h pattern no. 10 20 30 40

Worksurface privacy screen, 15� 30� 15� BC1PS1530 $251. $290. $318. $357.36� 15� BC1PS1536 301. 336. 370. 406.42� 15� BC1PS1542 370. 399. 439. 479.48� 15� BC1PS1548 415. 444. 488. 546.54� 15� BC1PS1554 484. 512. 567. 618.60� 15� BC1PS1560 533. 563. 616. 688.66� 15� BC1PS1566 * * * *72� 15� BC1PS1572 * * * *78� 15� BC1PS1578 * * * *

Worksurface privacy screen, 22� 30� 22� BC1PS2230 391. 420. 467. 500.36� 22� BC1PS2236 483. 512. 565. 605.42� 22� BC1PS2242 554. 584. 641. 713.48� 22� BC1PS2248 650. 671. 741. 792.54� 22� BC1PS2254 714. 741. 821. 873.60� 22� BC1PS2260 760. 821. 905. 958.66� 22� BC1PS2266 * * * *72� 22� BC1PS2272 * * * *78� 22� BC1PS2278 * * * *

Order Code

Example:

Application Notes

Worksurface privacy screens mountto the back side of worksurfaces viabrackets that mount to theunderside of the worksurface.

Privacy screens are available inMorrison panel approved fabricsonly.

15�h screens line up just above 42�hunits.

22�h screens line up just above 50�hunits.

*Screens 66�w and wider areavailable with fabric railroaded to fitthe screens’ width. Please contactKnoll Custom Product Developmentto establish pattern numbers.

Template

108

Page 110: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Core Structure Accessories

description w d h pattern no. list P1 P2 P3

Installation kit BC1INSTALL $70.

End panel to Div. Hor. panel tie bar BC1TDBAR 24.

End panel to Div. Hor. panel brackets BC1EPDPB(L/R) 29.

Dividends Horizon panel to Templateworksurface bracket

BC1PWS(L/R) 29.

Coat hook, package of 10, chrome only BC1CH10 67.

Pencil tray holder, singleincludeds painted holder and black pencil tray

12� 4� 3/4� BC1PTH1 76. 83. 87.

Pencil tray holder, package of 4includeds painted holder and black pencil tray

12� 4� 3/4� BC1PTH4 149. 164. 172.

Pencil tray holder, package of 8includeds painted holder and black pencil tray

12� 4� 3/4� BC1PTH8 247. 271. 282.

Markerboard Tray 24� BC1MBTRAY24 71.30� BC1MBTRAY30 76.36� BC1MBTRAY36 81.42� BC1MBTRAY42 86.48� BC1MBTRAY48 89.

Order Code

Example:

Application Information

Installation kit contains thefollowing:• Printed instruction manual• Drill templates• Glide wrench

The end panel to Div. Hor. Tie barallows on- or off-moduleattachments of a Div. Hor. panel ofany width to a Template end panelthat is the same height or taller thanthe Div. Hor. panel.

End panel to Dividends Horizonpanel brackets include an upperand lower bracket that attaches aTemplate end panel to the right orleft side of any standard DividendsHorizon panel 42�h or taller that isthe same height or taller than theend panel.

Dividends Horizon panel toTemplate worksurface bracketstabilizes a panel to a Templateworksurface or top to credenza orworksurface height.

Coat hook mounts to inside of end ormid panel.

Pencil tray holder attaches to theslotted side(s) of either an end ormid panel.

Pencil tray holder is painted steeland comes with black pencil tray.

Markerboard tray may be positionedat worksurface height only betweena 28�h full back below it and a midor upper back above it. Tray andbacks must be the same width.

Template

109

Page 111: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Drawer Kit Accessories

description type w d h pattern no. list P1 P2 P3

Box drawer partition, package of 6, black only 12� 6� BD1BPAR6 $48.

File drawer partition, package of 6, black only 12� 12� BD1FPAR6 96.

Counterbalance Kit 18� 15� BD1CBK18 162.24� 15� BD1CBK24 192.30� 15� BD1CBK30 230.36� 15� BD1CBK36 266.42� 15� BD1CBK42 300.48� 15� BD1CBK48 333.

Pencil tray, single black 12� 4� 3/4� BC1PT1N 49.clear 12� 4� 3/4� BC1PT1C 56.

Pencil tray, package of 4 black 12� 4� 3/4� BC1PT4N 73.clear 12� 4� 3/4� BC1PT4C 86.

Pencil tray, package of 8 black 12� 4� 3/4� BC1PT8N 182.clear 12� 4� 3/4� BC1PT8C 224.

Order Code

Example:

Application Information

Pencil tray works side-to-side ineither a box or file drawer orfront-to-back in box or file drawersutilizing drawer partitions.

Counterbalance kit must bespecified for single width units up to48�w that utilize a drawer kit andare not already ganged to a wall oranother unit.

Template

110

Page 112: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Shelf Kit Accessories

description w d h pattern no. list P1 P2 P3

Shelf space filler, deep (package of 5)for use with painted back and no inside insert

15� 3/4� 11/16� BC1SHFP15 $151. $166. $174.18� 3/4� 11/16� BC1SHFP18 154. 171. 177.23� 3/4� 11/16� BC1SHFP23 155. 172. 180.24� 3/4� 11/16� BC1SHFP24 155. 172. 180.29� 3/4� 11/16� BC1SHFP29 161. 177. 185.30� 3/4� 11/16� BC1SHFP30 161. 177. 185.36� 3/4� 11/16� BC1SHFP36 185. 203. 214.42� 3/4� 11/16� BC1SHFP42 189. 206. 217.48� 3/4� 11/16� BC1SHFP48 191. 212. 221.

Shelf space filler, narrow (package of 5)for use with painted back and inside insertor fabric back with not inside insert

15� 5/16� 11/16� BC1SHFF15 151. 167. 174.18� 5/16� 11/16� BC1SHFF18 155. 173. 180.23� 5/16� 11/16� BC1SHFF23 159. 176. 184.24� 5/16� 11/16� BC1SHFF24 159. 176. 184.29� 5/16� 11/16� BC1SHFF29 164. 181. 189.30� 3/4� 11/16� BC1SHFF30 164. 181. 189.36� 3/4� 11/16� BC1SHFF36 188. 205. 216.42� 3/4� 11/16� BC1SHFF42 192. 212. 221.48� 3/4� 11/16� BC1SHFF48 196. 217. 226.

Slotted Shelf Partition (package of 4) 13� 9� BC1SSPAR4 100. 109. 113.

Slotted Shelf Partition (package of 8) 13� 9� BC1SSPAR8 148. 162. 171.

Worksurface shelf grommet,package of 10, field installed

BC1WSHKGROM10 59.

Order Code

Example:

Application Information

Shelf space filler (deep) fills thespace at the back of a shelf whenutilized with a painted back and noinside inserts.

Shelf space filler (narrow) fills thespace at the back of a shelf whenutilized with a painted back andinside insert or a fabric back withno inside insert.

Shelf space filler works withstandard shelves or one sidedworksurface shelves only.

Slotted shelf partitions are utilizedwith slotted shelves only to dividespace for tab file storage or binderseparation/support.

Worksurface shelf grommet is fieldinstalled to provide additional wiremanagement.

Grommet has a 2� diameter coverwith 11/2� interior access.

Template

111

Page 113: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Task Lights

description type w d h pattern no. list

LED Task Light Use with 24� and wider overhead (24 LED’s) 17� 2� 1/2� BL4L17 $507.Use with 36� and wider overhead (48 LED’s) 31� 2� 1/2� BL4L31 846.Use with 48� and wider overhead (72 LED’s) 44� 2� 1/2� BL4L44 1,102.Use with 66� and wider overhead (96 LED’s) 58� 2� 1/2� BL4L58 1,384.

Order Code

LED Task Light

Example: BL4L17

BL4 Task LightL LED17 Width

Application Information

LED Task Lights:Includes LED’s, power supply with9-12’ cord and mounting hardware.Housings are clear anodizedaluminum with white colorend-caps.

LED Task Lights:Power cord is able to attach to eitherend of fixture.

Notes:All task lights mount into the recessin the underside of overheadcabinets and shelves at least 6�wider than task light width.

All task lights are TCLP compliantand meet requirements of CaliforniaTitle 20 and Title 24.

Template

112

Page 114: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Wall Mounting Suggestions The following information is provided only as a guide, and represents minimum recommendations only. Knoll does not accept responsibility for the attachment of any Knoll product to a Customer’s site wall. Wall specification/construction is the responsibility of the Customer and its structural engineer/architect. Failure to properly attach Knoll products to adequate wall structures can lead to property damage and/or personal injury.

You should consult your own structural engineers and/or architects and must not rely on the information provided herein.

It is the responsibility of the Customer and its structural engineers/architects to verify that the permanent structural walls (studs, blocks, solid masonry, etc.) on which the Knoll products are intended to be mounted are designed appropriately to support the product weight, PLUS 3 lbs. per linear inch for each useable shelf length

NOTE: A cabinet’s top is considered a “useable shelf” and MUST be included in the calculation of the total load for an overhead cabinet.

It is the responsibility of the Customer and its structural engineer/architects to specify the fasteners and method for attaching the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, bracket, frame, etc. to the supporting wall and to confirm that the installers have adhered to these specifications. For all local building standards and codes, and additional requirements (including, but not limited to, seismic conditions) the Customer should always consult local code agencies.

Wall Mounting of Knoll Products Template

113

Page 115: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

NEW CONSTRUCTION

Cinder Block or Poured Concrete Masonry Wall

Wood Stud Wall, the studs being FULL HEIGHT to the roof/floor above

Wood Stud Wall, the studs being only Ceiling Height

Steel Stud Wall, the studs being FULL HEIGHT to the roof/floor above

Steel Stud Wall, the studs being only Ceiling Height

Stud Specification

Wood studs, grade #2 or better, 3 1/2" minimum width, OR Metal studs, minimum 25 gage thickness, 3 5/8" minimum width

The wall must be a minimum of 6" thick, and must be full height to the roof/floor structure above

Wood studs must be Grade #2, or better, 3 1/2" minimum width

Wood studs must be Grade #2, or better, 3 1/2" minimum width

Metal studs must be minimum 25 gage thickness, 3 5/8" minimum width

Metal studs must be minimum 25 gage thickness, 3 5/8" minimum width

Stud Centers

Metal and wood studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum

N/A Wood studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum

Wood studs must be spaced at 16"" c/c maximum"

Metal studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum

Metal studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum

Stud Height

Metal and wood studs must extend upwards, and be securely attached to the roof/floor structure above

Wood studs must be braced above the ceiling, and be securely attached to the roof/floor structure above

Affix #2 grade 'cap' across the top of the studs, then place diagonal studs from the top cap up to underside of the roof/floor structure above

Metal studs must be braced above the ceiling, and be securely attached to the roof/floor structure above

Affix metal bracing 'cap' across the top of the studs, then place diagonal studs from the top cap up to underside of the roof / floor structure above

Mounting the Knoll Supplied Cleat, Bracket, Frame, etc*

Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, [or a DanbackTM flexible wood backing system] horizontally between each of the studs to accommodate the full width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.

Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block. (Fasten the Danback™ as directed by the manufacturer)

Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, bracket, frame, etc directly to each wood block every 6"

For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.

Fasten the Knoll supplied cabinet wall mounting cleat, bracket, frame, etc. directly to the masonry wall every 6"

For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wall every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to the wall every 16"

In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.

Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, horizontally between each of the exposed studs.

Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.

Replace the drywall and repair as desired.

Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"

For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.

In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.

Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, horizontally between each of the exposed studs.

Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.

Replace the drywall and repair as desired.

Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"

For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.

In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.

Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, [or a Danback™ flexible wood backing system] horizontally between each of the exposed studs.

Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.

Replace the drywall and repair as desired.

Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"

For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.

In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.

Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, [or a Danback™ flexible wood backing system] horizontally between each of the exposed studs.

Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.

Replace the drywall and repair as desired.

Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"

For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.

*Graham Wall Hung Shelf

The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket

This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above

Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting brackets directly to the masonry wall, using the holes provided in each bracket

The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket

This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above

The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket

This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above

The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket

This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above

The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket

This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above

Fasten the Knoll supplied wall cleat with...

#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking

3/16" x 3 1/2" Tapcon Masonry Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c with

1-1/4" embedment, screwed directly into the masonry wall

#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking

#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking

#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking

#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking

EXISTING CONSTRUCTION

Wall Mounting of Knoll Products Template

114

Page 116: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

pattern no. page

BB1MBK1218F 42

BB1MBK1218P 38

BB1MBK1224F 42

BB1MBK1224P 38

BB1MBK1230F 42

BB1MBK1230P 38

BB1MBK1236F 42

BB1MBK1236P 38

BB1MBK1242F 42

BB1MBK1242P 38

BB1MBK1248F 42

BB1MBK1248P 38

BB1MBK571518CF 42

BB1MBK571518CP 38

BB1MBK571518WF 42

BB1MBK571518WP 38

BB1MBK571524CF 42

BB1MBK571524CP 38

BB1MBK571524WF 42

BB1MBK571524WP 38

BB1MBK571530CF 42

BB1MBK571530CP 38

BB1MBK571530WF 42

BB1MBK571530WP 38

BB1MBK571536CF 42

BB1MBK571536CP 38

BB1MBK571536WF 42

BB1MBK571536WP 38

BB1MBK571542CF 42

BB1MBK571542CP 38

BB1MBK571542WF 42

BB1MBK571542WP 38

BB1MBK571548CF 42

BB1MBK571548CP 38

BB1MBK571548WF 42

BB1MBK571548WP 38

BB1MBK571560CF 42

BB1MBK571560CP 38

BB1MBK571560WF 42

BB1MBK571560WP 38

BB1MBK571572CF 42

BB1MBK571572CP 38

BB1MBK571572WF 42

BB1MBK571572WP 38

BB1MBK641518CF 43

BB1MBK641518CP 39

BB1MBK641518WF 43

BB1MBK641518WP 39

BB1MBK641524CF 43

BB1MBK641524CP 39

BB1MBK641524WF 43

BB1MBK641524WP 39

BB1MBK641530CF 43

BB1MBK641530CP 39

BB1MBK641530WF 43

BB1MBK641530WP 39

BB1MBK641536CF 43

BB1MBK641536CP 39

BB1MBK641536WF 43

BB1MBK641536WP 39

BB1MBK641542CF 43

pattern no. page

BB1MBK641542CP 39

BB1MBK641542WF 43

BB1MBK641542WP 39

BB1MBK641548CF 43

BB1MBK641548CP 39

BB1MBK641548WF 43

BB1MBK641548WP 39

BB1MBK641560CF 43

BB1MBK641560CP 39

BB1MBK641560WF 43

BB1MBK641560WP 39

BB1MBK641572CF 43

BB1MBK641572CP 39

BB1MBK641572WF 43

BB1MBK641572WP 39

BB1MBK642018CF 43

BB1MBK642018CP 39

BB1MBK642018WF 43

BB1MBK642018WP 39

BB1MBK642024CF 43

BB1MBK642024CP 39

BB1MBK642024WF 43

BB1MBK642024WP 39

BB1MBK642030CF 43

BB1MBK642030CP 39

BB1MBK642030WF 43

BB1MBK642030WP 39

BB1MBK642036CF 43

BB1MBK642036CP 39

BB1MBK642036WF 43

BB1MBK642036WP 39

BB1MBK642042CF 43

BB1MBK642042CP 39

BB1MBK642042WF 43

BB1MBK642042WP 39

BB1MBK642048CF 43

BB1MBK642048CP 39

BB1MBK642048WF 43

BB1MBK642048WP 39

BB1MBK642060CF 43

BB1MBK642060CP 39

BB1MBK642060WF 43

BB1MBK642060WP 39

BB1MBK642072CF 43

BB1MBK642072CP 39

BB1MBK642072WF 43

BB1MBK642072WP 39

BB1MBK711518CF 44

BB1MBK711518CP 40

BB1MBK711518WF 44

BB1MBK711518WP 40

BB1MBK711524CF 44

BB1MBK711524CP 40

BB1MBK711524WF 44

BB1MBK711524WP 40

BB1MBK711530CF 44

BB1MBK711530CP 40

BB1MBK711530WF 44

BB1MBK711530WP 40

BB1MBK711536CF 44

BB1MBK711536CP 40

pattern no. page

BB1MBK711536WF 44

BB1MBK711536WP 40

BB1MBK711542CF 44

BB1MBK711542CP 40

BB1MBK711542WF 44

BB1MBK711542WP 40

BB1MBK711548CF 44

BB1MBK711548CP 40

BB1MBK711548WF 44

BB1MBK711548WP 40

BB1MBK711560CF 44

BB1MBK711560CP 40

BB1MBK711560WF 44

BB1MBK711560WP 40

BB1MBK711572CF 44

BB1MBK711572CP 40

BB1MBK711572WF 44

BB1MBK711572WP 40

BB1MBK712018CF 44

BB1MBK712018CP 40

BB1MBK712018WF 44

BB1MBK712018WP 40

BB1MBK712024CF 44

BB1MBK712024CP 40

BB1MBK712024WF 44

BB1MBK712024WP 40

BB1MBK712030CF 44

BB1MBK712030CP 40

BB1MBK712030WF 44

BB1MBK712030WP 40

BB1MBK712036CF 44

BB1MBK712036CP 40

BB1MBK712036WF 44

BB1MBK712036WP 40

BB1MBK712042CF 44

BB1MBK712042CP 40

BB1MBK712042WF 44

BB1MBK712042WP 40

BB1MBK712048CF 44

BB1MBK712048CP 40

BB1MBK712048WF 44

BB1MBK712048WP 40

BB1MBK712060CF 44

BB1MBK712060CP 40

BB1MBK712060WF 44

BB1MBK712060WP 40

BB1MBK712072CF 44

BB1MBK712072CP 40

BB1MBK712072WF 44

BB1MBK712072WP 40

BB1MBK782018CF 45

BB1MBK782018CP 41

BB1MBK782018WF 45

BB1MBK782018WP 41

BB1MBK782024CF 45

BB1MBK782024CP 41

BB1MBK782024WF 45

BB1MBK782024WP 41

BB1MBK782030CF 45

BB1MBK782030CP 41

BB1MBK782030WF 45

pattern no. page

BB1MBK782030WP 41

BB1MBK782036CF 45

BB1MBK782036CP 41

BB1MBK782036WF 45

BB1MBK782036WP 41

BB1MBK782042CF 45

BB1MBK782042CP 41

BB1MBK782042WF 45

BB1MBK782042WP 41

BB1MBK782048CF 45

BB1MBK782048CP 41

BB1MBK782048WF 45

BB1MBK782048WP 41

BB1MBK782060CF 45

BB1MBK782060CP 41

BB1MBK782060WF 45

BB1MBK782060WP 41

BB1MBK782072CF 45

BB1MBK782072CP 41

BB1MBK782072WF 45

BB1MBK782072WP 41

BB1UBK1418F 33

BB1UBK1418P 30

BB1UBK1424F 33

BB1UBK1424P 30

BB1UBK1430F 33

BB1UBK1430P 30

BB1UBK1436F 33

BB1UBK1436P 30

BB1UBK1442F 33

BB1UBK1442P 30

BB1UBK1448F 33

BB1UBK1448P 30

BB1UBK1518F 33

BB1UBK1518P 30

BB1UBK1524F 33

BB1UBK1524P 30

BB1UBK1530F 33

BB1UBK1530P 30

BB1UBK1536F 33

BB1UBK1536P 30

BB1UBK1542F 33

BB1UBK1542P 30

BB1UBK1548F 33

BB1UBK1548P 30

BB1UBK1560F 33

BB1UBK1560P 30

BB1UBK1572F 33

BB1UBK1572P 30

BB1UBK2018F 34

BB1UBK2018P 30

BB1UBK2024F 34

BB1UBK2024P 30

BB1UBK2030F 34

BB1UBK2030P 30

BB1UBK2036F 34

BB1UBK2036P 30

BB1UBK2042F 34

BB1UBK2042P 30

BB1UBK2048F 34

BB1UBK2048P 30

Alpha-Numeric Index

115

Page 117: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

pattern no. page

BB1UBK2060F 34

BB1UBK2060P 30

BB1UBK2072F 34

BB1UBK2072P 30

BB1UBK2218F 34

BB1UBK2218P 30

BB1UBK2224F 34

BB1UBK2224P 30

BB1UBK2230F 34

BB1UBK2230P 30

BB1UBK2236F 34

BB1UBK2236P 30

BB1UBK2242F 34

BB1UBK2242P 30

BB1UBK2248F 34

BB1UBK2248P 30

BB1UBK2818F 35

BB1UBK2818P 31

BB1UBK2824F 35

BB1UBK2824P 31

BB1UBK2830F 35

BB1UBK2830P 31

BB1UBK2836F 35

BB1UBK2836P 31

BB1UBK2842F 35

BB1UBK2842P 31

BB1UBK2848F 35

BB1UBK2848P 31

BB1UBK2918F 35

BB1UBK2918P 31

BB1UBK2924F 35

BB1UBK2924P 31

BB1UBK2930F 35

BB1UBK2930P 31

BB1UBK2936F 35

BB1UBK2936P 31

BB1UBK2942F 35

BB1UBK2942P 31

BB1UBK2948F 35

BB1UBK2948P 31

BB1UBK3518F 36

BB1UBK3518P 31

BB1UBK3524F 36

BB1UBK3524P 31

BB1UBK3530F 36

BB1UBK3530P 31

BB1UBK3536F 36

BB1UBK3536P 31

BB1UBK3542F 36

BB1UBK3542P 31

BB1UBK3548F 36

BB1UBK3548P 31

BB1UBK3618F 36

BB1UBK3618P 31

BB1UBK3624F 36

BB1UBK3624P 31

BB1UBK3630F 36

BB1UBK3630P 31

BB1UBK3636F 36

BB1UBK3636P 31

BB1UBK3642F 36

BB1UBK3642P 31

BB1UBK3648F 36

BB1UBK3648P 31

BB1UBK4218F 37

pattern no. page

BB1UBK4218P 32

BB1UBK4224F 37

BB1UBK4224P 32

BB1UBK4230F 37

BB1UBK4230P 32

BB1UBK4236F 37

BB1UBK4236P 32

BB1UBK4242F 37

BB1UBK4242P 32

BB1UBK4248F 37

BB1UBK4248P 32

BB1UBK4318F 37

BB1UBK4318P 32

BB1UBK4324F 37

BB1UBK4324P 32

BB1UBK4330F 37

BB1UBK4330P 32

BB1UBK4336F 37

BB1UBK4336P 32

BB1UBK4342F 37

BB1UBK4342P 32

BB1UBK4348F 37

BB1UBK4348P 32

BB1UBK4918F 37

BB1UBK4918P 32

BB1UBK4924F 37

BB1UBK4924P 32

BB1UBK4930F 37

BB1UBK4930P 32

BB1UBK4936F 37

BB1UBK4936P 32

BB1UBK4942F 37

BB1UBK4942P 32

BB1UBK4948F 37

BB1UBK4948P 32

BB2FBK1618F 23

BB2FBK1618P 20

BB2FBK1624F 23

BB2FBK1624P 20

BB2FBK1630F 23

BB2FBK1630P 20

BB2FBK1636F 23

BB2FBK1636P 20

BB2FBK1642F 23

BB2FBK1642P 20

BB2FBK1648F 23

BB2FBK1648P 20

BB2FBK2218F 23

BB2FBK2218P 20

BB2FBK2224F 23

BB2FBK2224P 20

BB2FBK2230F 23

BB2FBK2230P 20

BB2FBK2236F 23

BB2FBK2236P 20

BB2FBK2242F 23

BB2FBK2242P 20

BB2FBK2248F 23

BB2FBK2248P 20

BB2FBK2518F 23

BB2FBK2518P 20

BB2FBK2524F 23

BB2FBK2524P 20

BB2FBK2530F 23

BB2FBK2530P 20

pattern no. page

BB2FBK2536F 23

BB2FBK2536P 20

BB2FBK2542F 23

BB2FBK2542P 20

BB2FBK2548F 23

BB2FBK2548P 20

BB2FBK2818F 23

BB2FBK2818P 20

BB2FBK2823F 23

BB2FBK2823P 20

BB2FBK2824F 23

BB2FBK2824P 20

BB2FBK2829F 23

BB2FBK2829P 20

BB2FBK2830F 23

BB2FBK2830P 20

BB2FBK2836F 23

BB2FBK2836P 20

BB2FBK2842F 23

BB2FBK2842P 20

BB2FBK2848F 23

BB2FBK2848P 20

BB2FBK4215F 23

BB2FBK4215P 20

BB2FBK4218F 23

BB2FBK4218P 20

BB2FBK4224F 23

BB2FBK4224P 20

BB2FBK4230F 23

BB2FBK4230P 20

BB2FBK4236F 23

BB2FBK4236P 20

BB2FBK4242F 23

BB2FBK4242P 20

BB2FBK4248F 23

BB2FBK4248P 20

BB2FBK5015F 24

BB2FBK5015P 21

BB2FBK5018F 24

BB2FBK5018P 21

BB2FBK5024F 24

BB2FBK5024P 21

BB2FBK5030F 24

BB2FBK5030P 21

BB2FBK5036F 24

BB2FBK5036P 21

BB2FBK5042F 24

BB2FBK5042P 21

BB2FBK5048F 24

BB2FBK5048P 21

BB2FBK5715F 25

BB2FBK5715P 22

BB2FBK5718F 25

BB2FBK5718P 22

BB2FBK5724F 25

BB2FBK5724P 22

BB2FBK5730F 25

BB2FBK5730P 22

BB2FBK5736F 25

BB2FBK5736P 22

BB2FBK5742F 25

BB2FBK5742P 22

BB2FBK5748F 25

BB2FBK5748P 22

BB2FBK6415F 25

pattern no. page

BB2FBK6415P 22

BB2FBK6418F 25

BB2FBK6418P 22

BB2FBK6424F 25

BB2FBK6424P 22

BB2FBK6430F 25

BB2FBK6430P 22

BB2FBK6436F 25

BB2FBK6436P 22

BB2FBK6442F 25

BB2FBK6442P 22

BB2FBK6448F 25

BB2FBK6448P 22

BB2FBK7115F 25

BB2FBK7115P 22

BB2FBK7118F 25

BB2FBK7118P 22

BB2FBK7124F 25

BB2FBK7124P 22

BB2FBK7130F 25

BB2FBK7130P 22

BB2FBK7136F 25

BB2FBK7136P 22

BB2FBK7142F 25

BB2FBK7142P 22

BB2FBK7148F 25

BB2FBK7148P 22

BB2FBK7818F 25

BB2FBK7818P 22

BB2FBK7824F 25

BB2FBK7824P 22

BB2FBK7830F 25

BB2FBK7830P 22

BB2FBK7836F 25

BB2FBK7836P 22

BB2FBK7842F 25

BB2FBK7842P 22

BB2FBK7848F 25

BB2FBK7848P 22

BB2LBK4218F 28

BB2LBK4218P 26

BB2LBK4224F 28

BB2LBK4224P 26

BB2LBK4230F 28

BB2LBK4230P 26

BB2LBK4236F 28

BB2LBK4236P 26

BB2LBK4242F 28

BB2LBK4242P 26

BB2LBK4248F 28

BB2LBK4248P 26

BB2LBK4418F 28

BB2LBK4418P 26

BB2LBK4424F 28

BB2LBK4424P 26

BB2LBK4430F 28

BB2LBK4430P 26

BB2LBK4436F 28

BB2LBK4436P 26

BB2LBK4442F 28

BB2LBK4442P 26

BB2LBK4448F 28

BB2LBK4448P 26

BB2LBK4918F 28

BB2LBK4918P 26

Template

116

Page 118: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

pattern no. page

BB2LBK4924F 28

BB2LBK4924P 26

BB2LBK4930F 28

BB2LBK4930P 26

BB2LBK4936F 28

BB2LBK4936P 26

BB2LBK4942F 28

BB2LBK4942P 26

BB2LBK4948F 28

BB2LBK4948P 26

BB2LBK5118F 29

BB2LBK5118P 27

BB2LBK5124F 29

BB2LBK5124P 27

BB2LBK5130F 29

BB2LBK5130P 27

BB2LBK5136F 29

BB2LBK5136P 27

BB2LBK5142F 29

BB2LBK5142P 27

BB2LBK5148F 29

BB2LBK5148P 27

BB2LBK5618F 29

BB2LBK5618P 27

BB2LBK5624F 29

BB2LBK5624P 27

BB2LBK5630F 29

BB2LBK5630P 27

BB2LBK5636F 29

BB2LBK5636P 27

BB2LBK5642F 29

BB2LBK5642P 27

BB2LBK5648F 29

BB2LBK5648P 27

BB2LBK5818F 29

BB2LBK5818P 27

BB2LBK5824F 29

BB2LBK5824P 27

BB2LBK5830F 29

BB2LBK5830P 27

BB2LBK5836F 29

BB2LBK5836P 27

BB2LBK5842F 29

BB2LBK5842P 27

BB2LBK5848F 29

BB2LBK5848P 27

BC1CH10 109

BC1CSH24 84

BC1CSH30 84

BC1CSH36 84

BC1CSH42 84

BC1CSH48 84

BC1EP16NK(L/V) 11

BC1EP16NN(L/V) 11

BC1EP22NK(L/V) 11

BC1EP22NN(L/V) 11

BC1EP25KK(L/V) 11

BC1EP25KN(L/V) 11

BC1EP25NN(L/V) 11

BC1EP28KK(L/V) 11

BC1EP28KN(L/V) 11

BC1EP28NN(L/V) 11

BC1EP42KK(L/V) 11

BC1EP42KKS 10

BC1EP42KN(L/V) 11

pattern no. page

BC1EP42KNS 10

BC1EP42NN(L/V) 11

BC1EP42NNS 10

BC1EP50KK(L/V) 11

BC1EP50KKS 10

BC1EP50KN(L/V) 11

BC1EP50KNS 10

BC1EP50NN(L/V) 11

BC1EP50NNS 10

BC1EP57KK(L/V) 11

BC1EP57KKS 10

BC1EP57KN(L/V) 11

BC1EP57KNS 10

BC1EP57NN(L/V) 11

BC1EP57NNS 10

BC1EP64KK(L/V) 11

BC1EP64KKS 10

BC1EP64KN(L/V) 11

BC1EP64KNS 10

BC1EP64NN(L/V) 11

BC1EP64NNS 10

BC1EP71KK(L/V) 11

BC1EP71KKS 10

BC1EP71KN(L/V) 11

BC1EP71KNS 10

BC1EP71NN(L/V) 11

BC1EP71NNS 10

BC1EP78KK(L/V) 11

BC1EP78KKS 10

BC1EP78KN(L/V) 11

BC1EP78KNS 10

BC1EP78NN(L/V) 11

BC1EP78NNS 10

BC1EPDPB(L/R) 109

BC1ETOP1515(S/L/V) 19

BC1ETOP1518(S/L/V) 19

BC1ETOP1524(S/L/V) 19

BC1ETOP1530(S/L/V) 19

BC1ETOP1536(S/L/V) 19

BC1ETOP1542(S/L/V) 19

BC1ETOP1548(S/L/V) 19

BC1ETOP1560P(S/L/V) 19

BC1ETOP1572P(S/L/V) 19

BC1ETOPW1518(L/V) 18

BC1ETOPW1524(L/V) 18

BC1ETOPW1530(L/V) 18

BC1ETOPW1536(L/V) 18

BC1ETOPW1542(L/V) 18

BC1ETOPW1548(L/V) 18

BC1FFINS1618 46

BC1FFINS1624 46

BC1FFINS1630 46

BC1FFINS1636 46

BC1FFINS1642 46

BC1FFINS1648 46

BC1FFINS2218 46

BC1FFINS2224 46

BC1FFINS2230 46

BC1FFINS2236 46

BC1FFINS2242 46

BC1FFINS2248 46

BC1FFINS2518 46

BC1FFINS2524 46

BC1FFINS2530 46

BC1FFINS2536 46

pattern no. page

BC1FFINS2542 46

BC1FFINS2548 46

BC1FFINS2818 46

BC1FFINS2823 46

BC1FFINS2824 46

BC1FFINS2829 46

BC1FFINS2830 46

BC1FFINS2836 46

BC1FFINS2842 46

BC1FFINS2848 46

BC1FFINS4215 46

BC1FFINS4218 46

BC1FFINS4224 46

BC1FFINS4230 46

BC1FFINS4236 46

BC1FFINS4242 46

BC1FFINS4248 46

BC1FFINS5015 47

BC1FFINS5018 47

BC1FFINS5024 47

BC1FFINS5030 47

BC1FFINS5036 47

BC1FFINS5042 47

BC1FFINS5048 47

BC1FFINS5715 48

BC1FFINS5718 48

BC1FFINS5724 48

BC1FFINS5730 48

BC1FFINS5736 48

BC1FFINS5742 48

BC1FFINS5748 48

BC1FFINS6415 48

BC1FFINS6418 48

BC1FFINS6424 48

BC1FFINS6430 48

BC1FFINS6436 48

BC1FFINS6442 48

BC1FFINS6448 48

BC1FFINS7115 48

BC1FFINS7118 48

BC1FFINS7124 48

BC1FFINS7130 48

BC1FFINS7136 48

BC1FFINS7142 48

BC1FFINS7148 48

BC1FFINS7818 48

BC1FFINS7824 48

BC1FFINS7830 48

BC1FFINS7836 48

BC1FFINS7842 48

BC1FFINS7848 48

BC1FVINS1618 49

BC1FVINS1624 49

BC1FVINS1630 49

BC1FVINS1636 49

BC1FVINS1642 49

BC1FVINS1648 49

BC1FVINS2218 49

BC1FVINS2224 49

BC1FVINS2230 49

BC1FVINS2236 49

BC1FVINS2242 49

BC1FVINS2248 49

BC1FVINS2518 49

BC1FVINS2524 49

pattern no. page

BC1FVINS2530 49

BC1FVINS2536 49

BC1FVINS2542 49

BC1FVINS2548 49

BC1FVINS2818 49

BC1FVINS2823 49

BC1FVINS2824 49

BC1FVINS2829 49

BC1FVINS2830 49

BC1FVINS2836 49

BC1FVINS2842 49

BC1FVINS2848 49

BC1FVINS4215 49

BC1FVINS4218 49

BC1FVINS4224 49

BC1FVINS4230 49

BC1FVINS4236 49

BC1FVINS4242 49

BC1FVINS4248 49

BC1FVINS5015 50

BC1FVINS5018 50

BC1FVINS5024 50

BC1FVINS5030 50

BC1FVINS5036 50

BC1FVINS5042 50

BC1FVINS5048 50

BC1FVINS5715 51

BC1FVINS5718 51

BC1FVINS5724 51

BC1FVINS5730 51

BC1FVINS5736 51

BC1FVINS5742 51

BC1FVINS5748 51

BC1FVINS6415 51

BC1FVINS6418 51

BC1FVINS6424 51

BC1FVINS6430 51

BC1FVINS6436 51

BC1FVINS6442 51

BC1FVINS6448 51

BC1FVINS7115 51

BC1FVINS7118 51

BC1FVINS7124 51

BC1FVINS7130 51

BC1FVINS7136 51

BC1FVINS7142 51

BC1FVINS7148 51

BC1FVINS7818 51

BC1FVINS7824 51

BC1FVINS7830 51

BC1FVINS7836 51

BC1FVINS7842 51

BC1FVINS7848 51

BC1INSTALL 109

BC1KP15 14

BC1KP156 15

BC1KP18 14

BC1KP186 15

BC1KP23 14

BC1KP236 15

BC1KP24 14

BC1KP246 15

BC1KP29 14

BC1KP296 15

BC1KP30 14

Template

117

Page 119: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

pattern no. page

BC1KP306 15

BC1KP36 14

BC1KP366 15

BC1KP42 14

BC1KP426 15

BC1KP48 14

BC1KP486 15

BC1LFINS4218 52

BC1LFINS4224 52

BC1LFINS4230 52

BC1LFINS4236 52

BC1LFINS4242 52

BC1LFINS4248 52

BC1LFINS4418 52

BC1LFINS4424 52

BC1LFINS4430 52

BC1LFINS4436 52

BC1LFINS4442 52

BC1LFINS4448 52

BC1LFINS4918 52

BC1LFINS4924 52

BC1LFINS4930 52

BC1LFINS4936 52

BC1LFINS4942 52

BC1LFINS4948 52

BC1LFINS5118 53

BC1LFINS5124 53

BC1LFINS5130 53

BC1LFINS5136 53

BC1LFINS5142 53

BC1LFINS5148 53

BC1LFINS5618 53

BC1LFINS5624 53

BC1LFINS5630 53

BC1LFINS5636 53

BC1LFINS5642 53

BC1LFINS5648 53

BC1LFINS5818 53

BC1LFINS5824 53

BC1LFINS5830 53

BC1LFINS5836 53

BC1LFINS5842 53

BC1LFINS5848 53

BC1LVINS4218 54

BC1LVINS4224 54

BC1LVINS4230 54

BC1LVINS4236 54

BC1LVINS4242 54

BC1LVINS4248 54

BC1LVINS4418 54

BC1LVINS4424 54

BC1LVINS4430 54

BC1LVINS4436 54

BC1LVINS4442 54

BC1LVINS4448 54

BC1LVINS4918 54

BC1LVINS4924 54

BC1LVINS4930 54

BC1LVINS4936 54

BC1LVINS4942 54

BC1LVINS4948 54

BC1LVINS5118 55

BC1LVINS5124 55

BC1LVINS5130 55

BC1LVINS5136 55

pattern no. page

BC1LVINS5142 55

BC1LVINS5148 55

BC1LVINS5618 55

BC1LVINS5624 55

BC1LVINS5630 55

BC1LVINS5636 55

BC1LVINS5642 55

BC1LVINS5648 55

BC1LVINS5818 55

BC1LVINS5824 55

BC1LVINS5830 55

BC1LVINS5836 55

BC1LVINS5842 55

BC1LVINS5848 55

BC1MBTRAY24 109

BC1MBTRAY30 109

BC1MBTRAY36 109

BC1MBTRAY42 109

BC1MBTRAY48 109

BC1MFINS1418 64

BC1MFINS1424 64

BC1MFINS1430 64

BC1MFINS1436 64

BC1MFINS1442 64

BC1MFINS1448 64

BC1MFINS1460 64

BC1MFINS1472 64

BC1MFINS1618 65

BC1MFINS1624 65

BC1MFINS1630 65

BC1MFINS1636 65

BC1MFINS1642 65

BC1MFINS1648 65

BC1MFINS1660 65

BC1MFINS1672 65

BC1MFINS2018 64

BC1MFINS2024 64

BC1MFINS2030 64

BC1MFINS2036 64

BC1MFINS2042 64

BC1MFINS2048 64

BC1MFINS2060 64

BC1MFINS2072 64

BC1MFINS2118 65

BC1MFINS2124 65

BC1MFINS2130 65

BC1MFINS2136 65

BC1MFINS2142 65

BC1MFINS2148 65

BC1MFINS2160 65

BC1MFINS2172 65

BC1MFINS2218 65

BC1MFINS2224 65

BC1MFINS2230 65

BC1MFINS2236 65

BC1MFINS2242 65

BC1MFINS2248 65

BC1MFINS2260 65

BC1MFINS2272 65

BC1MFINS2318 66

BC1MFINS2324 66

BC1MFINS2330 66

BC1MFINS2336 66

BC1MFINS2342 66

BC1MFINS2348 66

pattern no. page

BC1MFINS2360 66

BC1MFINS2372 66

BC1MFINS2718 65

BC1MFINS2724 65

BC1MFINS2730 65

BC1MFINS2736 65

BC1MFINS2742 65

BC1MFINS2748 65

BC1MFINS2760 65

BC1MFINS2772 65

BC1MFINS2818 66

BC1MFINS2824 66

BC1MFINS2830 66

BC1MFINS2836 66

BC1MFINS2842 66

BC1MFINS2848 66

BC1MFINS2860 66

BC1MFINS2872 66

BC1MFINS2918 66

BC1MFINS2924 66

BC1MFINS2930 66

BC1MFINS2936 66

BC1MFINS2942 66

BC1MFINS2948 66

BC1MFINS2960 66

BC1MFINS2972 66

BC1MFINS3018 67

BC1MFINS3024 67

BC1MFINS3030 67

BC1MFINS3036 67

BC1MFINS3042 67

BC1MFINS3048 67

BC1MFINS3060 67

BC1MFINS3072 67

BC1MFINS3418 66

BC1MFINS3424 66

BC1MFINS3430 66

BC1MFINS3436 66

BC1MFINS3442 66

BC1MFINS3448 66

BC1MFINS3460 66

BC1MFINS3472 66

BC1MFINS3618 67

BC1MFINS3624 67

BC1MFINS3630 67

BC1MFINS3636 67

BC1MFINS3642 67

BC1MFINS3648 67

BC1MFINS3660 67

BC1MFINS3672 67

BC1MP16N(L/V) 13

BC1MP22N(L/V) 13

BC1MP25K(L/V) 13

BC1MP25N(L/V) 13

BC1MP28K(L/V) 13

BC1MP28N(L/V) 13

BC1MP42K(L/V) 13

BC1MP42KS 12

BC1MP42N(L/V) 13

BC1MP42NS 12

BC1MP50K(L/V) 13

BC1MP50KS 12

BC1MP50N(L/V) 13

BC1MP50NS 12

BC1MP57K(L/V) 13

pattern no. page

BC1MP57KS 12

BC1MP57N(L/V) 13

BC1MP57NS 12

BC1MP64K(L/V) 13

BC1MP64KS 12

BC1MP64N(L/V) 13

BC1MP64NS 12

BC1MP71K(L/V) 13

BC1MP71KS 12

BC1MP71N(L/V) 13

BC1MP71NS 12

BC1MP78K(L/V) 13

BC1MP78KS 12

BC1MP78N(L/V) 13

BC1MP78NS 12

BC1MTOP1515(S/L/V) 19

BC1MTOP1518(S/L/V) 19

BC1MTOP1524(S/L/V) 19

BC1MTOP1530(S/L/V) 19

BC1MTOP1536(S/L/V) 19

BC1MTOP1542(S/L/V) 19

BC1MTOP1548(S/L/V) 19

BC1MTOP1560P(S/L/V) 19

BC1MTOP1572P(S/L/V) 19

BC1MTOPW1524(L/V) 18

BC1MTOPW1530(L/V) 18

BC1MTOPW1536(L/V) 18

BC1MTOPW1542(L/V) 18

BC1MTOPW1548(L/V) 18

BC1MVINS1418 68

BC1MVINS1424 68

BC1MVINS1430 68

BC1MVINS1436 68

BC1MVINS1442 68

BC1MVINS1448 68

BC1MVINS1460 68

BC1MVINS1472 68

BC1MVINS1618 69

BC1MVINS1624 69

BC1MVINS1630 69

BC1MVINS1636 69

BC1MVINS1642 69

BC1MVINS1648 69

BC1MVINS1660 69

BC1MVINS1672 69

BC1MVINS2018 68

BC1MVINS2024 68

BC1MVINS2030 68

BC1MVINS2036 68

BC1MVINS2042 68

BC1MVINS2048 68

BC1MVINS2060 68

BC1MVINS2072 68

BC1MVINS2118 69

BC1MVINS2124 69

BC1MVINS2130 69

BC1MVINS2136 69

BC1MVINS2142 69

BC1MVINS2148 69

BC1MVINS2160 69

BC1MVINS2172 69

BC1MVINS2218 69

BC1MVINS2224 69

BC1MVINS2230 69

BC1MVINS2236 69

Template

118

Page 120: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

pattern no. page

BC1MVINS2242 69

BC1MVINS2248 69

BC1MVINS2260 69

BC1MVINS2272 69

BC1MVINS2318 70

BC1MVINS2324 70

BC1MVINS2330 70

BC1MVINS2336 70

BC1MVINS2342 70

BC1MVINS2348 70

BC1MVINS2360 70

BC1MVINS2372 70

BC1MVINS2718 69

BC1MVINS2724 69

BC1MVINS2730 69

BC1MVINS2736 69

BC1MVINS2742 69

BC1MVINS2748 69

BC1MVINS2760 69

BC1MVINS2772 69

BC1MVINS2818 70

BC1MVINS2824 70

BC1MVINS2830 70

BC1MVINS2836 70

BC1MVINS2842 70

BC1MVINS2848 70

BC1MVINS2860 70

BC1MVINS2872 70

BC1MVINS2918 70

BC1MVINS2924 70

BC1MVINS2930 70

BC1MVINS2936 70

BC1MVINS2942 70

BC1MVINS2948 70

BC1MVINS2960 70

BC1MVINS2972 70

BC1MVINS3018 71

BC1MVINS3024 71

BC1MVINS3030 71

BC1MVINS3036 71

BC1MVINS3042 71

BC1MVINS3048 71

BC1MVINS3060 71

BC1MVINS3072 71

BC1MVINS3418 70

BC1MVINS3424 70

BC1MVINS3430 70

BC1MVINS3436 70

BC1MVINS3442 70

BC1MVINS3448 70

BC1MVINS3460 70

BC1MVINS3472 70

BC1MVINS3618 71

BC1MVINS3624 71

BC1MVINS3630 71

BC1MVINS3636 71

BC1MVINS3642 71

BC1MVINS3648 71

BC1MVINS3660 71

BC1MVINS3672 71

BC1PS1530 108

BC1PS1536 108

BC1PS1542 108

BC1PS1548 108

BC1PS1554 108

pattern no. page

BC1PS1560 108

BC1PS1566 108

BC1PS1572 108

BC1PS1578 108

BC1PS2230 108

BC1PS2236 108

BC1PS2242 108

BC1PS2248 108

BC1PS2254 108

BC1PS2260 108

BC1PS2266 108

BC1PS2272 108

BC1PS2278 108

BC1PT1C 110

BC1PT1N 110

BC1PT4C 110

BC1PT4N 110

BC1PT8C 110

BC1PT8N 110

BC1PTH1 109

BC1PTH4 109

BC1PTH8 109

BC1PWS(L/R) 109

BC1SDIV12 89

BC1SDIV124 91

BC1SDIV128 93

BC1SDIV13 89

BC1SDIV134 91

BC1SDIV138 93

BC1SDIV14 89

BC1SDIV144 91

BC1SDIV148 93

BC1SDIV4 89

BC1SDIV44 90

BC1SDIV48 92

BC1SDIV5 89

BC1SDIV54 90

BC1SDIV58 92

BC1SDIV6 89

BC1SDIV64 90

BC1SDIV68 92

BC1SDIV7 89

BC1SDIV74 90

BC1SDIV78 92

BC1SH15(S/V) 83

BC1SH18(S/V) 83

BC1SH23(S/V) 83

BC1SH24(S/V) 83

BC1SH29(S/V) 83

BC1SH30(S/V) 83

BC1SH36(S/V) 83

BC1SH42(S/V) 83

BC1SH48(S/V) 83

BC1SH515(S/V) 83

BC1SH518(S/V) 83

BC1SH523(S/V) 83

BC1SH524(S/V) 83

BC1SH529(S/V) 83

BC1SH530(S/V) 83

BC1SH536(S/V) 83

BC1SH542(S/V) 83

BC1SH548(S/V) 83

BC1SH560(S/V) 83

BC1SH572(S/V) 83

BC1SH60(S/V) 83

pattern no. page

BC1SH72(S/V) 83

BC1SHFF15 111

BC1SHFF18 111

BC1SHFF23 111

BC1SHFF24 111

BC1SHFF29 111

BC1SHFF30 111

BC1SHFF36 111

BC1SHFF42 111

BC1SHFF48 111

BC1SHFP15 111

BC1SHFP18 111

BC1SHFP23 111

BC1SHFP24 111

BC1SHFP29 111

BC1SHFP30 111

BC1SHFP36 111

BC1SHFP42 111

BC1SHFP48 111

BC1SSHK23 83

BC1SSHK24 83

BC1SSHK29 83

BC1SSHK30 83

BC1SSHK36 83

BC1SSHK42 83

BC1SSHK48 83

BC1SSPAR4 111

BC1SSPAR8 111

BC1TDBAR 109

BC1TOP1524(S/L/V) 17

BC1TOP1530(S/L/V) 17

BC1TOP1536(S/L/V) 17

BC1TOP1542(S/L/V) 17

BC1TOP1547(S/L/V) 17

BC1TOP1548(S/L/V) 17

BC1TOP1553(S/L/V) 17

BC1TOP1559(S/L/V) 17

BC1TOP1560P(S/L/V) 17

BC1TOP1565(S/L/V) 17

BC1TOP1570(S/L/V) 17

BC1TOP1571(S/L/V) 17

BC1TOP1572P(S/L/V) 17

BC1TOP1576(L/V) 17

BC1TOP1577(S/L/V) 17

BC1TOP1582(L/V) 17

BC1TOP1583(S/L/V) 17

BC1TOP1588(L/V) 17

BC1TOP1589(L/V) 17

BC1TOP1594(L/V) 17

BC1TOP1595(L/V) 17

BC1TOPW1524(L/V) 16

BC1TOPW1530(L/V) 16

BC1TOPW1536(L/V) 16

BC1TOPW1542(L/V) 16

BC1TOPW1547(L/V) 16

BC1TOPW1548(L/V) 16

BC1TOPW1553(L/V) 16

BC1TOPW1559(L/V) 16

BC1TOPW1565(L/V) 16

BC1TOPW1570(L/V) 16

BC1TOPW1571(L/V) 16

BC1TOPW1576(L/V) 16

BC1TOPW1577(L/V) 16

BC1TOPW1582(L/V) 16

BC1TOPW1583(L/V) 16

pattern no. page

BC1TOPW1588(L/V) 16

BC1TOPW1589(L/V) 16

BC1TOPW1594(L/V) 16

BC1TOPW1595(L/V) 16

BC1UFINS1418 56

BC1UFINS1424 56

BC1UFINS1430 56

BC1UFINS1436 56

BC1UFINS1442 56

BC1UFINS1448 56

BC1UFINS1518 56

BC1UFINS1524 56

BC1UFINS1530 56

BC1UFINS1536 56

BC1UFINS1542 56

BC1UFINS1548 56

BC1UFINS1560 56

BC1UFINS1572 56

BC1UFINS2018 56

BC1UFINS2024 56

BC1UFINS2030 56

BC1UFINS2036 56

BC1UFINS2042 56

BC1UFINS2048 56

BC1UFINS2060 56

BC1UFINS2072 56

BC1UFINS2218 57

BC1UFINS2224 57

BC1UFINS2230 57

BC1UFINS2236 57

BC1UFINS2242 57

BC1UFINS2248 57

BC1UFINS2818 58

BC1UFINS2824 58

BC1UFINS2830 58

BC1UFINS2836 58

BC1UFINS2842 58

BC1UFINS2848 58

BC1UFINS2918 58

BC1UFINS2924 58

BC1UFINS2930 58

BC1UFINS2936 58

BC1UFINS2942 58

BC1UFINS2948 58

BC1UFINS3518 58

BC1UFINS3524 58

BC1UFINS3530 58

BC1UFINS3536 58

BC1UFINS3542 58

BC1UFINS3548 58

BC1UFINS3618 59

BC1UFINS3624 59

BC1UFINS3630 59

BC1UFINS3636 59

BC1UFINS3642 59

BC1UFINS3648 59

BC1UFINS4218 60

BC1UFINS4224 60

BC1UFINS4230 60

BC1UFINS4236 60

BC1UFINS4242 60

BC1UFINS4248 60

BC1UFINS4318 60

BC1UFINS4324 60

BC1UFINS4330 60

Template

119

Page 121: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

pattern no. page

BC1UFINS4336 60

BC1UFINS4342 60

BC1UFINS4348 60

BC1UFINS4918 60

BC1UFINS4924 60

BC1UFINS4930 60

BC1UFINS4936 60

BC1UFINS4942 60

BC1UFINS4948 60

BC1UVINS1418 61

BC1UVINS1424 61

BC1UVINS1430 61

BC1UVINS1436 61

BC1UVINS1442 61

BC1UVINS1448 61

BC1UVINS1518 61

BC1UVINS1524 61

BC1UVINS1530 61

BC1UVINS1536 61

BC1UVINS1542 61

BC1UVINS1548 61

BC1UVINS1560 61

BC1UVINS1572 61

BC1UVINS2018 61

BC1UVINS2024 61

BC1UVINS2030 61

BC1UVINS2036 61

BC1UVINS2042 61

BC1UVINS2048 61

BC1UVINS2060 61

BC1UVINS2072 61

BC1UVINS2218 61

BC1UVINS2224 61

BC1UVINS2230 61

BC1UVINS2236 61

BC1UVINS2242 61

BC1UVINS2248 61

BC1UVINS2818 62

BC1UVINS2824 62

BC1UVINS2830 62

BC1UVINS2836 62

BC1UVINS2842 62

BC1UVINS2848 62

BC1UVINS2918 62

BC1UVINS2924 62

BC1UVINS2930 62

BC1UVINS2936 62

BC1UVINS2942 62

BC1UVINS2948 62

BC1UVINS3518 62

BC1UVINS3524 62

BC1UVINS3530 62

BC1UVINS3536 62

BC1UVINS3542 62

BC1UVINS3548 62

BC1UVINS3618 62

BC1UVINS3624 62

BC1UVINS3630 62

BC1UVINS3636 62

BC1UVINS3642 62

BC1UVINS3648 62

BC1UVINS4218 63

BC1UVINS4224 63

BC1UVINS4230 63

BC1UVINS4236 63

pattern no. page

BC1UVINS4242 63

BC1UVINS4248 63

BC1UVINS4318 63

BC1UVINS4324 63

BC1UVINS4330 63

BC1UVINS4336 63

BC1UVINS4342 63

BC1UVINS4348 63

BC1UVINS4918 63

BC1UVINS4924 63

BC1UVINS4930 63

BC1UVINS4936 63

BC1UVINS4942 63

BC1UVINS4948 63

BC1WSHK118(L/V) 85

BC1WSHK124(L/V) 85

BC1WSHK130(L/V) 85

BC1WSHK136(L/V) 85

BC1WSHK142(L/V) 85

BC1WSHK148(L/V) 85

BC1WSHK160(L/V) 85

BC1WSHK172(L/V) 85

BC1WSHK218(L/V) 85

BC1WSHK224(L/V) 85

BC1WSHK230(L/V) 85

BC1WSHK236(L/V) 85

BC1WSHK242(L/V) 85

BC1WSHK248(L/V) 85

BC1WSHK260(L/V) 85

BC1WSHK272(L/V) 85

BC1WSHKGROM10 111

BC2BASE15EG(K) 14

BC2BASE15E(K) 14

BC2BASE18EG(K) 14

BC2BASE18E(K) 14

BC2BASE18N(K) 14

BC2BASE23EG(K) 14

BC2BASE23E(K) 14

BC2BASE23N(K) 14

BC2BASE24EG(K) 14

BC2BASE24E(K) 14

BC2BASE24N(K) 14

BC2BASE29EG(K) 14

BC2BASE29E(K) 14

BC2BASE29N(K) 14

BC2BASE30EG(K) 14

BC2BASE30E(K) 14

BC2BASE30N(K) 14

BC2BASE36EG(K) 14

BC2BASE36E(K) 14

BC2BASE36N(K) 14

BC2BASE42EG(K) 14

BC2BASE42E(K) 14

BC2BASE42N(K) 14

BC2BASE48EG(K) 14

BC2BASE48E(K) 14

BC2BASE48N(K) 14

BC2BASEKC10 15

BC2USK15601(S/L/V) 86

BC2USK15602(S/L/V) 87

BC2USK1560(S/L/V) 86

BC2USK15721(S/L/V) 86

BC2USK15722(S/L/V) 87

BC2USK1572(S/L/V) 86

BC2USK20601(S/L/V) 87

pattern no. page

BC2USK20602(S/L/V) 88

BC2USK2060(S/L/V) 86

BC2USK20721(S/L/V) 87

BC2USK20722(S/L/V) 88

BC2USK2072(S/L/V) 86

BD1BPAR6 110

BD1BSDK4230N 75

BD1BSDK4236N 75

BD1BSDK4242N 75

BD1BSDK4248N 75

BD1BSDK5030N 75

BD1BSDK5036N 75

BD1BSDK5042N 75

BD1BSDK5048N 75

BD1CBK18 110

BD1CBK24 110

BD1CBK30 110

BD1CBK36 110

BD1CBK42 110

BD1CBK48 110

BD1FHDK1524(L/R)N 76

BD1FHDK1530N 76

BD1FHDK1536N 76

BD1FHDK1542N 76

BD1FHDK1548N 76

BD1FHDK2024(L/R)N 76

BD1FHDK2030N 76

BD1FHDK2036N 76

BD1FHDK2042N 76

BD1FHDK2048N 76

BD1FHDK2818(L/R)N 76

BD1FHDK2824(L/R)N 76

BD1FHDK2830N 76

BD1FHDK2836N 76

BD1FHDK2842N 76

BD1FHDK2848N 76

BD1FHDK4215(L/R)N 76

BD1FHDK4218(L/R)N 76

BD1FHDK4224(L/R)N 76

BD1FHDK4230N 76

BD1FHDK4236N 76

BD1FHDK4242N 76

BD1FHDK4248N 76

BD1FHDK5015(L/R)N 77

BD1FHDK5018(L/R)N 77

BD1FHDK5024(L/R)N 77

BD1FHDK5030N 77

BD1FHDK5036N 77

BD1FHDK5042N 77

BD1FHDK5048N 77

BD1FHDK5715(L/R)N 77

BD1FHDK5718(L/R)N 77

BD1FHDK5724(L/R)N 77

BD1FHDK5730N 77

BD1FHDK5736N 77

BD1FHDK5742N 77

BD1FHDK5748N 77

BD1FHDK6415(L/R)N 77

BD1FHDK6418(L/R)N 77

BD1FHDK6424(L/R)N 77

BD1FHDK6430N 77

BD1FHDK6436N 77

BD1FHDK6442N 77

BD1FHDK6448N 77

BD1FHDK7115(L/R)N 78

pattern no. page

BD1FHDK7118(L/R)N 78

BD1FHDK7124(L/R)N 78

BD1FHDK7130N 78

BD1FHDK7136N 78

BD1FHDK7142N 78

BD1FHDK7148N 78

BD1FHDK7818(L/R)N 78

BD1FHDK7824(L/R)N 78

BD1FHDK7830N 78

BD1FHDK7836N 78

BD1FHDK7842N 78

BD1FHDK7848N 78

BD1FPAR6 110

BD1FSDK1630N 73

BD1FSDK1636N 73

BD1FSDK1642N 73

BD1FSDK1648N 73

BD1FSDK2230N 73

BD1FSDK2236N 73

BD1FSDK2242N 73

BD1FSDK2248N 73

BD1FSDK2530N 73

BD1FSDK2536N 73

BD1FSDK2542N 73

BD1FSDK2548N 73

BD1FSDK2829N 73

BD1FSDK2830N 73

BD1FSDK2836N 73

BD1FSDK2842N 73

BD1FSDK2848N 73

BD1FSDK4230N 73

BD1FSDK4236N 73

BD1FSDK4242N 73

BD1FSDK4248N 73

BD1FSDK5030N 74

BD1FSDK5036N 74

BD1FSDK5042N 74

BD1FSDK5048N 74

BD1TSDK1530N 75

BD1TSDK1536N 75

BD1TSDK1542N 75

BD1TSDK1548N 75

BD1TSDK1560N 75

BD1TSDK1572N 75

BD1TSDK2030N 75

BD1TSDK2036N 75

BD1TSDK2042N 75

BD1TSDK2048N 75

BD1TSDK2060N 75

BD1TSDK2072N 75

BD2BBDK18N 72

BD2BBDK24N 72

BD2BBDK30N 72

BD2BBDK36N 72

BD2BBDK42N 72

BD2BBDK48N 72

BD2BBFDK18N 72

BD2BBFDK24N 72

BD2BBFDK30N 72

BD2BBFDK36N 72

BD2BBFDK42N 72

BD2BBFDK48N 72

BD2BFDK18N 72

BD2BFDK24N 72

BD2BFDK30N 72

Template

120

Page 122: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

pattern no. page

BD2BFDK36N 72

BD2BFDK42N 72

BD2BFDK48N 72

BD2FDK18N 72

BD2FDK24N 72

BD2FDK30N 72

BD2FDK36N 72

BD2FDK42N 72

BD2FDK48N 72

BD2FFDK18N 72

BD2FFDK24N 72

BD2FFDK30N 72

BD2FFDK36N 72

BD2FFDK42N 72

BD2FFDK48N 72

BD2HK57182HD(L/R)N 79

BD2HK57183HD(L/R)N 80

BD2HK57242HD(L/R)N 79

BD2HK57243HD(L/R)N 80

BD2HK57302HDN 79

BD2HK57302SDN 81

BD2HK57303HDN 80

BD2HK57303SDN 82

BD2HK57362HDN 79

BD2HK57362SDN 81

BD2HK57363HDN 80

BD2HK57363SDN 82

BD2HK57422HDN 79

BD2HK57422SDN 81

BD2HK57423HDN 80

BD2HK57423SDN 82

BD2HK57482HDN 79

BD2HK57482SDN 81

BD2HK57483HDN 80

BD2HK57483SDN 82

BD2HK64182HD(L/R)N 79

BD2HK64183HD(L/R)N 80

BD2HK64242HD(L/R)N 79

BD2HK64243HD(L/R)N 80

BD2HK64302HDN 79

BD2HK64302SDN 81

BD2HK64303HDN 80

BD2HK64303SDN 82

BD2HK64362HDN 79

BD2HK64362SDN 81

BD2HK64363HDN 80

BD2HK64363SDN 82

BD2HK64422HDN 79

BD2HK64422SDN 81

BD2HK64423HDN 80

BD2HK64423SDN 82

BD2HK64482HDN 79

BD2HK64482SDN 81

BD2HK64483HDN 80

BD2HK64483SDN 82

BD2HK71182HD(L/R)N 79

BD2HK71183HD(L/R)N 80

BD2HK71242HD(L/R)N 79

BD2HK71243HD(L/R)N 80

BD2HK71302HDN 79

BD2HK71302SDN 81

BD2HK71303HDN 80

BD2HK71303SDN 82

BD2HK71362HDN 79

BD2HK71362SDN 81

pattern no. page

BD2HK71363HDN 80

BD2HK71363SDN 82

BD2HK71422HDN 79

BD2HK71422SDN 81

BD2HK71423HDN 80

BD2HK71423SDN 82

BD2HK71482HDN 79

BD2HK71482SDN 81

BD2HK71483HDN 80

BD2HK71483SDN 82

BD2HK78182HD(L/R)N 79

BD2HK78183HD(L/R)N 80

BD2HK78242HD(L/R)N 79

BD2HK78243HD(L/R)N 80

BD2HK78302HDN 79

BD2HK78302SDN 81

BD2HK78303HDN 80

BD2HK78303SDN 82

BD2HK78362HDN 79

BD2HK78362SDN 81

BD2HK78363HDN 80

BD2HK78363SDN 82

BD2HK78422HDN 79

BD2HK78422SDN 81

BD2HK78423HDN 80

BD2HK78423SDN 82

BD2HK78482HDN 79

BD2HK78482SDN 81

BD2HK78483HDN 80

BD2HK78483SDN 82

BE2BDB8 94

BE2BDUP6(1/2/3/3D/4D) 94, 99

BE2BI872 94

BE2BI872NY 94

BE2BI872SF 94

BE2BPJ8102 94, 99

BE2BPJ8108 94, 99

BE2BPJ8114 94, 99

BE2BPJ8120 94, 99

BE2BPJ824 94, 99

BE2BPJ830 94, 99

BE2BPJ836 94, 99

BE2BPJ842 94, 99

BE2BPJ848 94, 99

BE2BPJ854 94, 99

BE2BPJ860 94, 99

BE2BPJ866 94, 99

BE2BPJ872 94, 99

BE2BPJ878 94, 99

BE2BPJ884 94, 99

BE2BPJ890 94, 99

BE2BPJ896 94, 99

BE2BTB8 94

BE2DTJ822 100

BE2DTJ822-2 100

BE2DTJ825 100

BE2DTJ825-2 100

BE2DTJ828 100

BE2DTJ828-2 100

BE2DTJ831 100

BE2DTJ831-2 100

BE2DTJ834 100

BE2DTJ834-2 100

BE2DTJ837 100

BE2DTJ837-2 100

pattern no. page

BE2DTJ840 100

BE2DTJ840-2 100

BE2EPM8DD(1/2/3/3D/4D) 95

BE2EPM8DD(14D/24D/34D/13D/23D) 96

BE2EPM8DP(1/2/3/3D/4D) 95

BE2EPM8DP(14D/24D/34D/13D/23D) 96

BE2EPM8DU(1/2/3/3D/4D) 95

BE2EPM8DU(14D/24D/34D/13D/23D) 96

BE2EPM8PD(1/2/3/3D/4D) 95

BE2EPM8PD(14D/24D/34D/13D/23D) 96

BE2EPM8PU(1/2/3/3D/4D) 95

BE2EPM8PU(14D/24D/34D/13D/23D) 96

BE2EPM8UD(1/2/3/3D/4D) 95

BE2EPM8UD(14D/24D/34D/13D/23D) 96

BE2EPM8UP(1/2/3/3D/4D) 95

BE2EPM8UP(14D/24D/34D/13D/23D) 96

BE2KC10 94

BE2WMBD 99

BE2WMDE(1/2/3/3D/4D)108J(W/B) 98

BE2WMDE72C(W/B) 97

BE2WMPE(1/2/3/3D/4D)108J(W/B) 98

BE2WMPE72C(W/B) 97

BE2WMUE(1/2/3/3D/4D)108J(W/B) 98

BE2WMUE72C(W/B) 97

BL4L17 112

BL4L31 112

BL4L44 112

BL4L58 112

BW1CSB 107

BW1FB18 107

BW1FB1810 107

BW1FB24 107

BW1FB2410 107

BW1FB30 107

BW1FB3010 107

BW1R3618P(L/V) 101

BW1R3618T(L/V) 101

BW1R3624P(L/V) 102

BW1R3624T(L/V) 102

BW1R3630P(L/V) 103

BW1R3630T(L/V) 103

BW1R4218P(L/V) 101

BW1R4218T(L/V) 101

BW1R4224P(L/V) 102

BW1R4224T(L/V) 102

BW1R4230P(L/V) 103

BW1R4230T(L/V) 103

BW1R4818P(L/V) 101

BW1R4818T(L/V) 101

BW1R4824P(L/V) 102

BW1R4824T(L/V) 102

BW1R4830P(L/V) 103

BW1R4830T(L/V) 103

BW1R5418P(L/V) 101

BW1R5418T(L/V) 101

BW1R5424P(L/V) 102

BW1R5424T(L/V) 102

BW1R5430P(L/V) 103

BW1R5430T(L/V) 103

BW1R6018P(L/V) 101

BW1R6018T(L/V) 101

BW1R6024P(L/V) 102

BW1R6024T(L/V) 102

BW1R6030P(L/V) 103

BW1R6030T(L/V) 103

pattern no. page

BW1R6036P(L/V) 103

BW1R6036T(L/V) 103

BW1R6618P(L/V) 101

BW1R6618T(L/V) 101

BW1R6624P(L/V) 102

BW1R6624T(L/V) 102

BW1R6630P(L/V) 103

BW1R6630T(L/V) 103

BW1R6636P(L/V) 103

BW1R6636T(L/V) 103

BW1R7218P(L/V) 101

BW1R7218T(L/V) 101

BW1R7224P(L/V) 102

BW1R7224T(L/V) 102

BW1R7230P(L/V) 103

BW1R7230T(L/V) 103

BW1R7236P(L/V) 103

BW1R7236T(L/V) 103

BW1R7818P(L/V) 101

BW1R7818T(L/V) 101

BW1R7824P(L/V) 102

BW1R7824T(L/V) 102

BW1R7830P(L/V) 103

BW1R7830T(L/V) 103

BW1R8418P(L/V) 101

BW1R8418T(L/V) 101

BW1R8424P(L/V) 102

BW1R8424T(L/V) 102

BW1R8430P(L/V) 103

BW1R8430T(L/V) 103

BW1SCR 107

BW1SL18P 107

BW1SL18T 107

BW1SL24P 107

BW1SL24T 107

BW1SL30P 107

BW1SL30T 107

BW1SL36P 107

BW1SL36T 107

BW1SL5424T(L/V) 106

BW1SL6024T(L/V) 106

BW1SR5424T(L/V) 106

BW1SR6024T(L/V) 106

BW1T481824P(L/V) 104

BW1T481824T(L/V) 104

BW1T482418P(L/V) 104

BW1T482418T(L/V) 104

BW1T482430P(L/V) 105

BW1T482430T(L/V) 105

BW1T483024P(L/V) 105

BW1T483024T(L/V) 105

BW1T541824P(L/V) 104

BW1T541824T(L/V) 104

BW1T542418P(L/V) 104

BW1T542418T(L/V) 104

BW1T542430P(L/V) 105

BW1T542430T(L/V) 105

BW1T543024P(L/V) 105

BW1T543024T(L/V) 105

BW1T601824P(L/V) 104

BW1T601824T(L/V) 104

BW1T602418P(L/V) 104

BW1T602418T(L/V) 104

BW1T602430P(L/V) 105

BW1T602430T(L/V) 105

Template

121

Page 123: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

pattern no. page

BW1T603024P(L/V) 105

BW1T603024T(L/V) 105

BW1T721824P(L/V) 104

BW1T721824T(L/V) 104

BW1T722418P(L/V) 104

BW1T722418T(L/V) 104

BW1T722430P(L/V) 105

BW1T722430T(L/V) 105

BW1T723024P(L/V) 105

BW1T723024T(L/V) 105

BW1WR54 107

BW1WR60 107

BW1WR66 107

BW1WR72 107

BW1WR78 107

BW1WR84 107

Template

122

Page 124: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

This Selling Policy supercedes all previous selling policies. Prices, discounts and product offerings are subject to change without notice.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Terms & Conditions

of SalesSales by Knoll, Inc. or Knoll North America Corp. (‘‘Seller’’) of Knoll Product Lines (hereinafter ‘‘Products’’) within the United States and Canada aremade only on the terms which are contained in this Selling Policy. Seller hereby gives notice of its objection to any different or additional terms andconditions. This sale is expressly conditional upon Purchaser’s assent to the terms and conditions set forth below. Additional terms and conditions mayapply to KnollStudio and KnollTextiles orders. These terms and conditions may be modified or supplemented only by a written document signed by anauthorized representative of Seller. These terms and conditions supercede any prior and/or contemporaneous agreements or correspondence betweenPurchaser and Seller. Written quotations expire thirty (30) days from the date of issuance and can be withdrawn by written notice anytime during thatperiod. Where Purchaser and Seller have entered into the Knoll Electronic Terms and Conditions, all orders, acknowledgements, invoices and otherbusiness communications placed or transmitted in accordance with the Knoll Electronic Terms and Conditions shall be deemed to be in writing and signedand shall be valid for all purposes as if they were originated and maintained in documentary form.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ordering Information All orders must be in writing. The product pattern number(s) contained on Seller’s order acknowledgement shall be the final expression of the order.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Order Confirmation A purchase order is not binding on Seller until Purchaser has received Seller’s order confirmation or acknowledgment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pricing Policies List prices are subject to change without notice.List prices shall be those prices in effect on the date of receipt of a complete purchase order unless shipment is requested more than ninety (90) days afterorder entry in which case prices in effect on the date of shipment apply. List prices include specified freight costs. Unless specified in writing by Seller, noother charges are included in Seller’s list prices.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Taxes All sales, use, excise and other taxes applicable to the sale of the Products shall be paid by Purchaser. If Purchaser claims an exemption from any tax,Purchaser shall submit to Seller the appropriate exemption certificates.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Terms of Payment Payment for one hundred percent (100%) of the net order amount is due within thirty (30) days of the date of invoice, which is generally issued uponshipment. In case of any discrepancies, such as shortages, and Seller is notified in writing within ten (10) days of receipt of Product, only that portion maybe deducted and the balance paid. For orders greater than $100,000 net, a fifty percent (50%) deposit is due at the time of order placement, with theremainder due within thirty (30) days of the date of invoice.KnollStudio orders less than $2,000 require payment for one hundred percent (100%) of the net order amount (including any applicable sales tax andcharges for inside delivery, special packaging, etc.), due at time of order placement. For KnollStudio orders greater than $2,000, a one-half (50%) depositis due at time of order placement with the remainder (including any applicable sales tax and charges for inside delivery, special packaging, etc.) due priorto shipment.If, in the judgment of Seller, Purchaser’s financial condition does not justify the terms of the payment, Seller may require full or partial payment inadvance.Past due accounts shall be charged one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month, or the highest rate permitted by law, whichever is less, and will be addedto the outstanding balance. In the event Purchaser defaults on payment, Purchaser shall be liable for all collection costs, including reasonable attorney’sfees and costs.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Changes andCancellation

Purchase orders may not be changed or cancelled, in whole or in part, without prior written consent of Seller. Changes may effect delivery dates. Expensesincurred because of changes shall be charged to Purchaser. In the event of cancellations, Purchaser will be liable for reasonable cancellation chargesestablished by Seller. Orders for special Product, orders including ‘‘COM’’ (hereinafter defined) material and orders pursuant to expedited deliveryprograms, may not be canceled.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Freight Prepaid Freight is prepaid and included in the price of all Products, except KnollTextiles, within the 48 contiguous United States for orders placed with Knoll, Inc.and within Canada, excluding the Yukon, Northwest Territories, Nunavut and Newfoundland for orders placed with Knoll North America Corp. Packing istested for rigorous motion and transportation but is not guaranteed to protect furniture from all conditions. If special packaging is required for any reason,please consult with your sales representative or dealer. Seller shall select the method of shipment and routing. Freight for all KnollTextiles orders isprepaid and added to the invoice.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Delivery/Freight Charges Shipments outside the contiguous 48 United States and Canada shall be shipped F.O.B. Origin.For shipments outside the contiguous United States and Canada, Purchaser is responsible for the cost of freight from point of embarkation, including anyhandling and transportation charges incidental to loading at the point of departure and unloading at the final destination.Conditions beyond the control of Seller, including weather, available facilities and traffic conditions, may affect exact time of delivery. Seller shall not beresponsible for specific carrier delivery date or time unless it has made a specific delivery commitment, in writing.Nonstandard methods of shipment and/or additional services are available upon request. Purchaser will be billed for the differential cost of any specialservices in excess of standard surface carrier freight costs. Premium charges, at Purchaser’s request, will be added for airfreight, exclusive use of vehicleand extra, export or special packaging. Accessorial charges will be added for inside delivery, extra labor, reconsignment and redelivery.Partial shipments may be made and invoiced by Seller.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Claims All shipments for Knoll Products within the contiguous United States and Canada are F.O.B. Origin. All risk of loss passes to Purchaser at time of deliveryto carrier. Purchaser shall inspect all Products upon receipt and notify Seller within ten (10) working days after receipt of any damage or defects which are,or should be, apparent from an inspection of the Product and its packaging. Failure of Purchaser to notify Seller during the ten (10) working day periodshall constitute acceptance of the Products and waiver of any apparent defects, errors or shortages. For all claims relating to Product damaged in transit orfor any other claims relating to or arising out of the transportation of the Product, Purchaser must seek recovery from the carrier and Seller has no liabilityto Purchaser for such claims. Seller may, upon request, assist Purchaser with filing of such claims with the carrier, but Seller will not be liable for any ofthese transportation related claims.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Seller’s Security Interest Until Seller receives the full payment for the Product, Seller shall have a security interest in the Product. Purchaser agrees to perform all acts, includingbut not limited to the execution and filing of documentation, which may be necessary to perfect and assure the security interest of Seller.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Returns The return of Products without a written authorization by Seller shall not be accepted. To receive authorization for Product return, please call CustomerService. All Products that are returned pursuant to a valid authorization shall be subject to a twenty-five percent (25%) of list restocking charge. Productsnot currently offered for sale by Seller (including COM) shall not be authorized for return. All returned Products must be unused, in original condition andin the original Seller packing cartons. No refund or credit shall be given for damaged Products.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Held Orders/Storage If Purchaser requests that an order be held or delayed, prices and terms and conditions in effect at the time of shipment shall apply. If Purchaser requestsa delay after the time when Seller can defer production, Purchaser will be invoiced for the Product, payable in accordance with standard terms, when theorder is ready for shipment. Seller may transfer the Product to storage, in which case all expenses incurred in connection with storage, includingdemurrage, preparation for storage, storage charges and handling shall be payable by Purchaser upon submission of invoices by Seller. Risk of loss to theProduct shall pass to the Purchaser upon delivery of the Product into storage.

Selling Policy

123February 15, 2015

Page 125: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

Customer’s Own Material A Purchaser who requests a fabric or other surface material not standard to Seller’s line of Products (‘‘COM’’) must submit samples of the requestedmaterial to Seller prior to entry of a purchaser order. Seller shall determine if the material is suitable to its manufacturing processes and meets anyrequirements of Underwriters Laboratories. If the COM is acceptable, Seller will then establish a price for using the COM or the Product in question. For adescription of the procedures for submitting samples and testing, contact customer resources or your sales representative. Seller shall have noresponsibility for the appearance, condition, performance, durability, colorfastness or any other physical attribute of the COM. Purchaser shall indemnifyand hold Seller harmless for any damages, injuries or losses arising out of or related to use of the COM on the Product.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Warranty Seller warrants to the original Purchaser only that the Products Seller manufactures and sells to Purchaser are free of defects in workmanship andmaterials, during the applicable warranty period set forth below.Warranty period set forth below is for 24-hour, 7 days a week, multi shift use (includes parts and labor to repair).Should any failure to conform with this limited warranty appear to a Product listed below during the applicable warranty period from the date of shipment,Seller shall, upon prompt written notice, repair or replace, at its option and costs, the affected part or parts.Product and Period of WarrantyLifetime: Antenna Workspaces, AutoStrada, Calibre, Crinion Open Table, Currents, Dividends Horizon, Morrison, Reff Profiles laminate, Series 2 Storage,Template and other non-wood components (except cascade edge worksurfaces, operational parts, controls, electrical, Lighting, Series 2 Veneer FrontStorage, special or custom products, see below)12 Years: Chadwick, Essentials Work Chairs, Generation by Knoll, Life, Moment, MultiGeneration by Knoll, ReGeneration by Knoll, Remix, RPM, Sapper andToboggan seating (except seating upholstery, textiles, leathers and finishes, see below).10 Years: Anchor Storage except digital keypad lock, Antenna Workspaces, AutoStrada, Crinion Open Table, Dividends Horizon, Dividends Horizon SatelliteSurfaces, Reff Profiles, Template wood components, Series 2 Veneer Front Storage, cascade edge worksurfaces, Wood Casegoods (The Graham Collection)(except wood casegoods upholstered surfaces, see below), Reuter overheads, Reuter vertical storage, KnollExtra Sapper Monitor Arm Collection, SapperXYZ Monitor Arm, Adjustable keyboard mechanisms and platforms, Communication Boards (except fabric board textiles, see below), Smokador collection(except leathers, see below), and Orchestra Universal Systems Accessories, k. lounge structural components.5 Years: Operational parts, controls, electrical, Lighting (except light ballasts, bulbs and power supply, see below), special or custom product, wood veneerproducts, Currents handcrank, Interaction Counterforce, KnollStudio, Spark Series seating structural elements, structural elements of all KnollStudiooutdoor products including all Richard Schultz designed products, KnollExtra CPU storage and all universal storage drawers and Power Collection, ToneTables.3 Years: Seating upholstery, textiles, leathers and finishes. Fabric boards textiles and Smokador Collection leathers.2 Years: Anchor Storage digital keypad lock, all other KnollExtra product1 Year: Light ballasts, bulbs and power supply, seating upholstered armpads and soft armpads, wood casegoods upholstered surfaces. KnollStudio, outdoorproduct finishes, k. lounge upholstery and k. lounge fabric.This warranty does not apply to:• Damage caused by a carrier other than the Seller.• Normal wear and tear or acts or omissions of parties other than Seller (including user modification, improper use or installation of Products).• COM or other third party materials applied to Products.• Products not installed by or under the auspices of a Knoll Dealer.• Dramatic temperature variations or exposure to unusual conditions.• Changes in surface finishes, including colorfastness due to aging or exposure to light.• Clear paint finish applied to Antenna Workspaces steel or aluminum part.• Except as specifically noted above, textiles and upholstery supplied by KnollTextiles (consult current KnollTextiles price list for applicable warranty).Natural variations occurring in wood, marble, and leather shall not be considered defects, and the Seller does not guarantee the colorfastness or matchingof the colors, grains or textures, or surface hardness of such materials. The Seller also does not guarantee the colorfastness of fiberglass panel surfaces.THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANYWARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES ARISING FROMCOURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.The remedies provided above are the Purchaser’s sole remedies for any failure of Seller to comply with its obligations regarding the workmanship of itsProducts. Correction of any nonconformity in the manner and for the period of time provided shall constitute complete fulfillment of all liabilities of Seller,with respect to or arising out of the Product furnished hereunder.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Delay/Force Majeure Seller shall not be liable for failure to perform or for delay in performance due to fire, flood, strike or other labor difficulty, act of God, act of anygovernmental authority or of the Purchaser, riot, embargo, fuel or energy shortage, wrecks or delay in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor,materials or manufacturing facilities from usual sources or failure of suppliers to meet their contractual obligations, or due to any cause beyond itsreasonable control. If any such event occurs, Seller may extend delivery dates by a period of time necessary to overcome the effect of such delay, allocateavailable Product or cancel any purchase order.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Compliance with Law PURCHASER IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL LAWS, ORDINANCES,REGULATIONS, RULES AND STANDARDS RELATING TO THE INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE, USE AND OPERATION OF THE PRODUCTS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Patents Subject to the following provisions, Seller shall, at its own expense, defend or, at its option, settle any claim, suit or proceeding brought against thePurchaser, and/or its vendees, mediate and immediate, so far as based on an allegation that any Product or any part thereof furnished hereunderconstitutes a direct or a contributory infringement of any claim of any patent of the United States or Canada. This obligation shall be effective only ifPurchaser shall have made all payments then due hereunder and if Seller is notified promptly in writing and given authority, information and assistancefor the defense of said claim, suit or proceeding. Seller shall pay all damages and costs awarded in such suit or proceedings so defended.The foregoing indemnity does not apply to the following:• Products supplied according to a design other than that of Seller, and which is required by the Purchaser.• Combination of the Product with another product not furnished hereunder unless Seller is a contributory infringer.• Any settlements of a suit or proceeding made without Seller’s written consent.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Limitations of Liability SELLER, ITS CONTRACTORS, AUTHORIZED DEALERS AND SUBCONTRACTORS OR SUPPLIERS OF ANY TIER SHALL NOT BELIABLE TO PURCHASER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM ABREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT.Purchaser’s remedies set forth herein are exclusive and the liability of Seller with respect to the breach of this agreement or any contract entered intobetween the parties pursuant hereto shall not exceed the price of the Product or part on which such liability is based.

Selling Policy

124February 15, 2015

Page 126: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

KnollKey Lock Program

KnollKeyLock ProgramGeneral InformationFollowing is the KnollKey lock policy, applicable to all products.

Knoll furniture can be ordered keyed-alike or random keyed. Key-alikeand random keying instructions cannot be mixed on any single order. Onlyone of the two instructions can be used on an individual order. When anorder is submitted with mixed (key-alike and random) instructions, Knollwill release the order as key-alike only and lock cores will have to bespecified separately.

Key-alikeFor the convenience of the user, furniture may be keyed alike at nocharge. Write ‘‘Key-alike’’ in the description of your purchase order forany pedestal, overhead, file or other item you wish to have keyed alike.

Using the key-alike instructions, order cores and keys as line items onyour purchase order. Do NOT submit a key-alike form. The Knoll EastGreenville Lock Center will select key numbers from the standard range ofK 001 - K 250. Key numbers will not be repeated unless over 250 sets areordered. Lock cores keyed-alike will ship separately from the product,ready for field installation.

There is no charge for key-alike orders if placed with the furniture order.

IF THE KEY-ALIKE ORDER IS NOT PLACED AT LEAST TWO WEEKSPRIOR TO THE FURNITURE SHIP DATE, A $50 HANDLING CHARGEAND AIR FREIGHT CHARGES WILL APPLY.

If product is ordered and shipped random-keyed, additional lock coresfor key-alike are billable.

Random-KeyingTo specify product keyed-random, write ‘‘key-random’’ in the productdescription. Random-keyed product is shipped with the lock core factoryinstalled. A shrouded key is included. Random means no effort has beenmade to match key numbers, or to make them different.

KeysA Knoll shrouded key is shipped with every lock core. 250 Key numbersare available. For numbers above 250, contact Custom ProductDevelopment. Additional keys and key blanks are available. See serviceparts for more information.

Master KeyingKnoll locks can be controlled by means of a master key. There is noadditional per-lock charge for master keying. A letter of approval from theclient must accompany orders for master keys.

Installing Lock CoresLock cores can be installed or removed in the field by using a change key.Cores must be in the unlocked position to be removed. See service partsfor change key pattern number and pricing.

Lock DistributionAll orders for key-alike lock cores/keys are packaged and shipped fromthe East Greenville Lock Center, regardless of where the pedestals,overhead, or other units are produced. Random keyed product will havecores factory-installed.

How to SpecifyKey-AlikeFollowing is an example of how to specify key-alike for a cluster of 10workstations.

Step 1 - Using the project floorplan, count the number of locks in eachworkstation.

Step 2 - Count the number of workstations with the same quantity oflocks. Group together the workstations with a like number of locks.

5 workstations with 2 locks per station3 workstations with 4 locks per station2 workstations with 5 locks per station

Step 3 - For the first group (5 sets of 2 locks), enter the number ofworkstations in the quantity column.

Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List

5

Step 4 - Then enter the pattern number ‘‘KSPEC_ _’’ and add a suffix for thenumber of locks for that group (i.e., for 2 locks per station, add the suffix‘‘2’’). Up to 30 lock cores are available in a set (i.e., KSPEC 30).

Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List

5 KSPEC 2 Set of 2 cores/keys N / C N / C

Step 5 - Repeat for other groups.

Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List

5 KSPEC 2 Set of 2 cores/keys N / C N / C

3 KSPEC 4 Set of 4 cores/keys N / C N / C

2 KSPEC 5 Set of 5 cores/keys N / C N / C

Your Key instructions are complete.

Knoll will select key numbers for each set from 250 available numbers.Additional key numbers are available through Custom Product Development.For additions to existing installations, specify desired key numbers inthe description.

Service PartsPattern # Description List Price

KKEY_ _ _ Shrouded KeySpecify key number desired

$10

KBLANK Shrouded Key Blank $10

KSPECB_ _ _ Retrofit Universal Core/KeySpecify key number desired

$22

KCHANGE Change Key $10

HLKRKMASTER* Master Key $10

*Note: A letter of approval on company letterhead from the client mustaccompany all orders for master keys.

125

Page 127: Template · • Remove permanent marker. Using a dry erase marker, write on top of the permanent marker, erase with a dry eraser, and then clean with EXPO® whiteboard cleaner. Proper

General Ordering Information

The ProductsThis guide encompasses all standard products for this product group.

SizesDimensions listed in this guide are indicated as:H = heightW = widthD = depthDia. = diameterRad. = radius

PricingAll prices shown are list.

How to OrderSelect pattern numbers and quantities required for your complete installation. Product questions can beaddressed in the specific sections of this guide or by contacting your sales representative or customerresource representative at 1-800-343-5665.

Next, select options (if required), along with colors and finishes appropriate to each product. Reference theFinishes and Fabrics pages for color designations.

On large installations, an item’s ‘‘designated area’’ can be specified to assist in product organization andhandling.

To expedite complete / correct entry of your order, be certain all pattern numbers, quantities, colors andarea identifications are completely specified. Also, include complete purchase order numbers, bill-to andship-to addresses, a contact name and specific factory shipping dates required.

Mail all orders to:Knoll, Inc.1235 Water StreetP.O. Box 157East Greenville, PA 18041Attention: Order Entry

Once your order is entered at Knoll, an acknowledgment will be mailed to you. You will be advised of yourscheduled shipping date within five days of the original acknowledgment. If it is necessary to revise yourorder, please contact your customer resource representative.

Sustainability Statement

Sustainable design is a key component of Knoll’s environmental focus. Our commitment to socialresponsibility and a healthy environment has prompted us to further articulate our longstandingenvironmental programs and, with encouragement and support from our colleagues in the industry, we havere-energized our focus on such ‘‘green’’ initiatives as life cycle analysis and LEED™ certification. Knoll isproud to have contributed to projects that have received LEED certification from the U.S. Green BuildingCouncil.

For the latest information on Knoll products that help our customers achieve LEED certification, log on toknoll.com, click on ‘‘About Knoll’’ and then ‘‘Environmental Focus.’’

126